رِسَالَةُ بُولُسَ الرَّسُولِ الثَّانِيَةُ إِلَى أَھْلِ كُورِنْثُوسَ

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠانِيَةُ إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣـﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫أوال‪ :‬كاتبھا ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﻓﻰ )ﺹ‪.( : ‬‬

‫ثانيا ‪ :‬لمن كتبت ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ )ﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ(‪.‬‬

‫ثالثًا‪ :‬زمن كتابتھا ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻜﺘﺒﺕ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺒﺸﻬﻭﺭ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻨﻭﻯ ﺯﻴﺎﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻨﺸﻐل‬ ‫ﺒﺄﻤﻭﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺘﺄﺨﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻜﺘﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫راب ًعا‪ :‬مكان كتابتھا ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻜﺘﺒﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺸﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫سا‪ :‬أغراضھا ‪:‬‬ ‫خام ً‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﺩﺃﻭﺍ ﻴﺸﻜﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﻨﺩ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﺸﺘﺩﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﺫل ﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﻷﺠﻠﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪137‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺫﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺭﻁﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤل ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺭﺍﺌﻌﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻬـﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﺩﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻭﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﻭﺍ ﻤﺼﺭﻴﻥ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺽ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﻓﺭﺤﺔ ﺒﺘﻭﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺨﻁـﺄ ﻭﺤـﺭﻡ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺜﻡ ﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻪ ﻟﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻗﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻁﻬﺩﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴـﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺤﺏ ﻭﻗﻠﺏ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫سا‪ :‬أقسامھا‪:‬‬ ‫ساد ً‬ ‫ﺹ‪ 1‬ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻭﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻟﻡ ﻷﺠﻠﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ‪ 5-2‬ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﺴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴـﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻰ ﻤﻤﻠﻭﺀﺓ ﺭﺠﺎﺀً‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ‪ 7-6‬ﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺜﺭﺍ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺤﺎﺯﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪ 9-8‬ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻗﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪ 12-10‬ﺩﻓﺎﻋﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪ 13‬ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺨﺘﺎﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪138‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠانِيَةُ إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻌﺰﻯ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻰ ﺁﻻﻣﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬مقدمة وتحيه )ع ‪:( 2 - 1‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍ َﻷﺥُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﻛﻨﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹺﺑ َﻤﺸِﻴﹶﺌ ِﺔ ﺍﷲِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺗِﻴﻤُﻮﺛﹶﺎ ُﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫‪1‬ﺑُﻮﻟﹸﺲُ‪َ ،‬ﺭﺳُﻮ ﹸﻝ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﺃﺑﹺﻴﻨَﺎ ﻭَﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‬ ‫ﻼ ٌﻡ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﹶﺃﺧَﺎِﺋَﻴﺔﹶ‪2 .‬ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹲﺔ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭ َﺳ ﹶ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ َﻤ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﻛﹸﻮ ﹺﺭْﻧﺜﹸﻮﺱَ‪َ ،‬ﻣ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﺃﺨﺎﺌﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻭﺒﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﺭﻭﻤﺎﻥ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻋﺎﺼﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻷﺨﺎﺌﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﺴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﻪ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺯﺍﺭ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺴﻭﻻ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻴﺭﻀﻴﻪ ﻭﻴﻌﻤل ﻤﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﻴﺭﺴل ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺃﻨﻌـﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻨـﺎ ﺒـﺎﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻜﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻟﻠﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﺨﺫﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺼﺭﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘـﻭل ﺍﻷﺏ ﺍﻟﻜـﺎﻫﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻭﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﻤﻭﻫﺒﺔ ﻭﻋﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪139‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ ِإلَى أَھ ِْل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﻋﻤﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺨﻼﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜل ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﺼﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻬﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺎﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻡ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺸﺭﺘﻙ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﷲ ھو مصدر التعزية )ع ‪:( 7-3‬‬ ‫ﺴﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑُﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﹾﺃ ﹶﻓ ِﺔ َﻭﹺﺇﹶﻟﻪُ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹺﺰَﻳﺔٍ‪4 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻳُﻌَﺰﱢﻳﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺿِـﻴ ﹶﻘِﺘﻨَﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺃﹶﺑُﻮ ﺭَﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫‪3‬ﻣُﺒَﺎﺭَﻙٌ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺑﹺﻬَﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﷲِ‪َ 5 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﺗ ﹾﻜﺜﹸﺮُ‬ ‫ﻯ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺿِﻴ ﹶﻘ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌ ﹺﺰَﻳ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﻧَﺘَﻌَﺰﱠﻯ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘﻄِﻴ َﻊ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻧُ َﻌﺰﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺻ ﹸﻜﻢُ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻼ ِ‬ ‫ﻸ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﺗﻌْ ﹺﺰَﻳِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ َﻭ َﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺢ َﺗ ﹾﻜﺜﹸﺮُ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹺﺰَﻳﺘُﻨَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ 6 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ َﻧَﺘﻀَﺎَﻳﻖُ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻓِﻴﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺁ ﹶﻻﻡُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼﺻِـ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻸﺟْـ ﹺﻞ َﺗﻌْـ ﹺﺰَﻳِﺘ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭ َﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ .‬ﹶﺃ ْﻭ َﻧَﺘ َﻌﺰﱠﻯ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻻ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ َﻧَﺘﹶﺄﻟﱠﻢُ ﹺﺑﻬَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ِﻣ ﹺﻞ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ْﺣِﺘﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌ ﹺﺰَﻳ ِﺔ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ُﺷ َﺮﻛﹶﺎ ُﺀ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻻﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﹶﻓ َﺮﺟَﺎ ُﺅﻧَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ِﻠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺛﹶﺎﺑﹺﺖٌ‪ .‬ﻋَﺎِﻟ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﺃﺒﻭ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﻨﻭﻡ ﺍﻵﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺒﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﻓﺔ‪ :‬ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻜل ﺸﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺭﺃﻓﺔ ﻭﺤﻨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻪ ﻜل ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺯﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺭﺃﻓﺔ ﻭﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻭﺃﺒﻭ ﻜل ﺭﺃﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻴﻌﺯﻴﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻴﺴﻨﺩﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﺸﻌﺭﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻜل ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﺯﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺠﺎﺭﺒﻬﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻘﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻜﻠﻬﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻭﺍ ﻵﻻﻡ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﺯﻴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺎﻟﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺒﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺅﺫﻴﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺠﻌل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻟﻤﻴﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺎﻴﻘﻴﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪140‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﻴﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻘﺎﺒﻠﻭﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻗـﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺴﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺨﺘﺒﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺸﻌﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﻤﻌﻬـﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﺸﺊ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻫﻭ ﻋﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﺨﻼﺼﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﻴﺜﺒﺕ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺭﻓﻘﺎﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﻭﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻷﺠـل ﺍﻟﻜـﺭﺍﺯﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺤﺼل ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺁﻻﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﻤﺴﻜﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﻥ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﺭﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﺤﺩﺜﻭﻨﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻌﺯﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﻔﺭﺤﻭﺍ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺜﻘﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺠﺎﺀﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴـﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜـﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻬـﻡ ﺇﻥ ﻜـﺎﻨﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﺁﻻﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻨﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻜل ﺃﻟﻡ ﻭﻀﻴﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻨﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﺄﻟﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﻜﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻌﺯﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻘﺩﺭ ﺘﺄﻟﻤﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﻌﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺤﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬بولس كمثال الحتمال الضيقات )ع ‪:( 11-8‬‬ ‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻬﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺿِﻴ ﹶﻘِﺘﻨَﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﹶﺃﺻَﺎَﺑ ْﺘﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ِﺳﻴﱠﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﺗﹶﺜﻘﱠ ﹾﻠﻨَﺎ ﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﹶﻓ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻻ ﻧُﺮﹺﻳﺪُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪9 .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺃﹶﻧْﻔﹸﺴِﻨَﺎ ُﺣ ﹾﻜ ُﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕِ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﹶﻻ َﻧﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻣُﺘﱠ ِﻜ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎﻗﹶﺔِ‪ ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﺃﹺﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻣ ﹾﺜ ﹺﻞ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫُ َﻮ ُﻳَﻨﺠﱢﻰ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‬ ‫ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻧْﻔﹸﺴِﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﻋ ﹶﻠﻰ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ُﻳﻘِﻴ ُﻢ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍﺕَ‪10 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻧَﺠﱠﺎﻧَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ ْﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﺓ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠﻨَﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ُﻳ َﺆﺩﱠﻯ ﺷُﻜﹾﺮٌ‬ ‫ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﺭَﺟَﺎﺀٌ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ َﺳُﻴَﻨﺠﱢﻰ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓِﻴﻤَﺎ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ‪َ 11 .‬ﻭﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣُﺴَﺎ ِﻋﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺼﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﹺﺑﻮَﺍ ِﺳ ﹶﻄ ِﺔ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑﹺﻳﻦَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑﹺﻳﻦَ‪َ ،‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﻭُ ِﻫ َ‬ ‫َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠﻨَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺷﺨَﺎ ﹴ‬

‫‪141‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ ِإلَى أَھ ِْل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﺁﺴﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺴﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺁﺴﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭﻯ ﻭﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺎ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﺜﺎﻻ ﺒﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺁﺴﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺠﻌﻠﺕ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﺤﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺄﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻨﺠﻭ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻜل ﻗﻭﺓ ﻭﻓﻜﺭ ﺒﺸﺭﻯ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻜل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻴﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ ﻨﺠﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻨﺠﻴﻪ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻷﺨﻁـﺎﺭ ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺃﻤﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ )ﻋﺏ‪ .(8 : 13‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻴﻨﺠﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﺜـﻡ‬ ‫ﺘﺅﻭل ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﻨﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪ ..‬ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓـﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜـﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨـﺎﺌﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺼﻠﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺭﻓﻘﺎﺌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺩﻡ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﻩ ﻟﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻨﺠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟـﺭﺏ ﻤـﻥ ﻜـل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻫﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺠﻌﻠﻬﻡ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﺭ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﺘﻐﺭﺒﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﻤﻨﺸﻐﻼ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺘـﺄﺜﺭﻙ‬

‫ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺍ ﻭﻤﺤﺘﻤﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﺘﻙ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻀﺒﻁ ﺸﻬﻭﺍﺘﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻤﻭ ﻓـﻰ‬

‫ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻙ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﺘﻤل ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬خدمة وبشارة بولس )ع ‪:( 20-12‬‬

‫‪142‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺴ ِﺪﻳﱠ ٍﺔ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ‬ ‫ﺹ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﻓِﻰ ِﺣ ﹾﻜ َﻤ ٍﺔ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺ‬ ‫ﲑﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻰ َﺑﺴَﺎ ﹶﻃ ٍﺔ َﻭﹺﺇ ْﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨ َﺮﻧَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ‪َ :‬ﺷﻬَﺎ َﺩﺓﹸ َ‬ ‫‪َ 12‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ﺁ َﺧ َﺮ ﺳِﻮَﻯ ﻣَﺎ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﻮ ﹸﻛﻢْ‪ 13 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻻ َﻧ ﹾﻜﺘُﺐُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺮﱠ ﹾﻓﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟﻢﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﺳِﻴﱠﻤَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﷲِ‪َ ،‬ﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻌ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓ ِﺔ‬ ‫َﺗ ﹾﻘ َﺮﺃﹸﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻓﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ .‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﺭﺟُﻮ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺳَﺘ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻓﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﻬَﺎَﻳ ِﺔ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ 14 ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻋ َﺮ ﹾﻓﺘُﻤُﻮﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﺑ ْﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ُﺮﻧَﺎ ﻓِﻰ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻳﺴُﻮﻉَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨ ُﺮ ﹸﻛﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﺷَﺎ ُﺀ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺁِﺗ َﻰ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻭﱠﻻﹰ‪ِ ،‬ﻟَﺘﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹲﺔ ﺛﹶﺎﹺﻧَﻴﺔﹲ‪َ 16 .‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ُﻣﺮﱠ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺇﹺﻟﹶـﻰ‬ ‫‪َ 15‬ﻭﹺﺑ َﻬ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﱢ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫َﻣ ِﻜﺪُﻭﹺﻧﻴﱠﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺁِﺗ َﻰ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ ِﻜﺪُﻭﹺﻧﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴﻜﹸﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸ َﺷﻴﱠ َﻊ ِﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴﻬُﻮ ِﺩﻳﱠﺔِ‪ 17 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﻋَﺎﺯﹺﻡٌ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﹶﻟ َﻌﻠﱢﻰ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﺳَﺘ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹾﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﹾﺠَﺴَﺪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ ْﻰ َﻳﻜﹸـﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﻋﻨْـﺪِﻯ‪َ :‬ﻧﻌَـ ْﻢ َﻧﻌَـ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻻﹶ؟‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺨﻔﱠﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹺﺰ ُﻡ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹺﺰﻡُ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢَ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻛﹸـ ﹺﺮ َﺯ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻣﻨَﺎ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ َﻧ َﻌ ْﻢ َﻭﻻﹶ‪َ 19 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍْﺑ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﹶﻛ ﹶ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫‪18‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ِﻣ ٌ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻭﺗِﻴﻤُﻮﺛﹶﺎ ُﻭﺱَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ َﻧ َﻌ ْﻢ َﻭﻻﹶ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ َﻧ َﻌﻢْ‪َ 20 .‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ َﻣ ْﻬﻤَـﺎ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ ِﻪ َﺑ ْﻴَﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑﻮَﺍ ِﺳ ﹶﻄِﺘَﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ َﻭ ِﺳ ﹾﻠﻮَﺍﻧُ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﻮَﺍ ِﺳ ﹶﻄِﺘﻨَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ َﻌ ْﻢ َﻭﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﻵ ِﻣﲔُ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻣﻮَﺍﻋِﻴﺪُ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺤﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻓﺴﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻏﻴ ﱠﺭ ﺭﺃﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻭﻀﺢ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺒﺄﻓﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺒل ﻓﻰ ﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻴﺭﺸﺩﻩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14-13‬ﺒﺸﺊ ﺁﺨﺭ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻨﻘﺼﺩ ﺸﺊ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺨﻔﻰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻼﻤﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺭﺃﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﺘﻭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻼﻤﻨﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻜﻼﻤﻨﺎ ﺼﺭﻴﺢ ﻭﻭﺍﻀﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﺠﻴﺩﺍ ﻭﻴﺸﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺜﻕ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‪ :‬ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻭﺍ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻜﺎﻤﻠـﺔ ﻭﻴﺜﻘـﻭﺍ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻤـﺎﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ ﺴﺘﻜﺘﻤل ﻤﻊ ﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺼﺭﻴﺢ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺇﻻ ﻤﺎ ﻜﺘﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻅﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻜﺘـﺏ ﻜﻼﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﺁﺨﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻭﺼﺭﻴﺢ ﻭﻭﺍﻀﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪143‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ ِإلَى أَھ ِْل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻗﺩ ﻋﺭﻓﻭﺍ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﻭﺜﻘﻭﺍ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺜﻘـﻭﺍ ﺒـﻪ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻘﻭل ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻌﺭﻓﻭﻩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻤﻌﻬـﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨـﺩﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺒﺒﻨﻭﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴـﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻭ ﺒﺄﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16-15‬ﺜﻘﺔ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﻤﺴﻜﻬﻡ ﺒﺒﻨﻭﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺠﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﻴﺨﻁﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﺴﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺜﻡ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻟﻴﻔﺘﻘﺩﻫﻡ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻋﻭﺩﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻔﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺈﺭﺸﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﻌﻡ ﻨﻌﻡ‪ ...‬ﻭﻻ ﻻ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﺜﻡ ﺃﺘﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻗﻭل ﻋﻜﺴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺘﺴﺎﺀل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻜﺭ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻓﺴﺱ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬ ‫ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺜﻡ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺭﺃﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺘﺠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻘﻭل ﻫل ﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭﻩ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﺘﺴﺭﻉ ﺒﺸﺭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻏﺭﺽ ﺸﺨﺼﻰ؟ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﺒﺈﺭﺸـﺎﺩ ﺍﻟـﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺯﻭﺭ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺭﺸﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺜﻡ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻅﻥ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺅﻩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭل ﻜﻼﻡ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴـﻴﺯﻭﺭ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜـﻭﺱ ﺜـﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﺘﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺯﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻨﺘﺠﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ ﻤﺸﻜﻭﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻋـﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻴﻐﻴﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺃﻤﻴﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ ﺸﺎﻫﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﻭل‪ ،‬ﻜﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﻭﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻟﺼﺩﻕ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻼﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪144‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﷲ ﺸﺎﻫﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻘـل‬ ‫ﻜﻼﻤﹰﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻐﻴﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﺴﻠﻭﺍﻨﺱ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺴﻴﻼ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻨﻌﻡ ﻭﻻ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺴﻤﻌﻭﻫﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻨﻌﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺤﻕ ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻯ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺭﺯ ﺒﻪ ﺒـﻭﻟﺱ ﻫـﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻘﺎﺅﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﺤﻕ ﻭﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻯ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺴﻤﻌﻭﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻡ‪ ...‬ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺘﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻜﺭﺯ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺭﻓﻘﺎﺅﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﺜل ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﻭﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺼـﻌﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺤﻕ ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (5‬طول أناة بولس )ع ‪:( 24-21‬‬ ‫ﷲ ‪22‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺧَﺘ َﻤﻨَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ْﻋﻄﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺤﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫‪َ 21‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ُﻳﹶﺜﺒﱢُﺘﻨَﺎ َﻣ َﻌﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻰ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ْﺷﻔﹶﺎﻗﹰﺎ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﺁ ِ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮﹺﺑﻨَﺎ‪َ 23 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﺳَْﺘﺸْ ﹺﻬﺪُ ﺍ َ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﺮﺑُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﺮُﻭ ﹺﺭ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ َﺗ ﹾﺜُﺒﺘُﻮﻥﹶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﻣُﻮﺍ ﹺﺯﺭُﻭ ﹶﻥ ِﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧﺴُﻮ ُﺩ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹺﺇﳝَﺎﹺﻧ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻛﹸﻮ ﹺﺭْﻧﺜﹸﻮﺱَ‪24 .‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :22-21‬ﻤﺴﺤﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻤﺴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﺘﻤﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻴﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺭﺴﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻰ ﺨﺘﻡ ﺇﻟﻬﻰ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻤﻠﻜﺎ ﷲ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪145‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ ِإلَى أَھ ِْل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺜﺒﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺴﺤﺘﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺭﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻜﻌﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :24-23‬ﺍﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ :‬ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﺼﺩﻕ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﻭﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺱ ﻨﺴﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻻ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻭﺍﺯﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﺴﺭﻭﺭﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﻴﻥ ﻟﻜﻡ ﻭﻤﺜﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻜﻡ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﻔﺭﺤﻭﺍ ﻓﺭﺤﺎ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺘﺜﺒﺘﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﻔﺭﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺼﺩﻕ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﻀﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺇﺸـﻔﺎﻗﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻀﻁﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻭﺒﺨﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴـﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻨﺩﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻔﺭﺤﻬﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻫل ﺘﻘﺒل ﺇﺭﺸﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺘﻭﺒﻴﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺤﺘـﻰ ﺘﺘـﻭﺏ ﻭﺘﺼـﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀﻙ؟‬

‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺜﺒﺎﺘﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻹﺭﺸﺎﺩ ﺘﺤﻴـﺎ ﺤﻴـﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒـﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺘﺜﺒﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺘﻔﺭﺡ ﻓﺭﺤﹰﺎ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬

‫‪146‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺩﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﻃﺊ ﻭﺷﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬أسباب عدم حضور بولس إلى كورنثوس )ع ‪:( 4 - 1‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﹸ ْﺣ ﹺﺰﻧُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫‪1‬ﻭَﻟﹶﻜِﻨﱢﻰ َﺟ َﺰ ْﻣﺖُ ﹺﺑ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ ﻓِﻰ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻰ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ ﺁِﺗ َﻰ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺣُ ْﺰﻥٍ‪َ 2 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ َﻤ ْﻦ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ُﻳ ﹶﻔﺮﱢ ُﺣﻨﹺﻰ ﹺﺇﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺃﹶﺣْﺰَﻧْﺘُﻪُ؟ ‪َ 3‬ﻭ ﹶﻛَﺘﺒْﺖُ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ َﻋ ْﻴَﻨﻪُ‪ ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﹺﺟ ﹾﺌﺖُ ﹶﻻ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﻟِﻰ ﺣُﺰْﻥﹲ‬ ‫ﺡ ﹺﺑ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍِﺛﻘﹰﺎ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺠﺐُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫ﲑ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ِﻌ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹶﻓ َﺮﺣِﻰ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﻓ َﺮﺡُ َﺟﻤِﻴ ِﻌ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ 4 .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺣُ ْﺰ ٍﻥ ﹶﻛِﺜ ﹴ‬

‫ﺤﺒﱠ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪﻯ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ِﺳﻴﱠﻤَﺎ‬ ‫ﻉ ﻛﹶﺜِﲑَﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﺗَﺤْﺰَﻧُﻮﺍ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻓﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻛَﺘ ْﺒﺖُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ ُﺪﻣُﻮ ﹴ‬ ‫َﻭ ﹶﻛ ﹾﺄَﺑ ِﺔ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻠ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﻮ ﹸﻛﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :3-1‬ﺠﺯﻤﺕ‪ :‬ﺼﻤﻤﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺤﺯﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﺤﺯﻥ ﻟﺘﻤﺴﻜﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﺒﺨﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻜﻡ ﻓﺘﺤﺯﻨﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻔﺭﺤﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺘﻭﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺤﺯﻥ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﺒﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﺒﻭﺍ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺘﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺭﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺯﻭﺭ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻟﺴﻘﻭﻁﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻴﻀﻁﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻭﺒﺨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺤﺯﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺯﻨﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺠّل ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﺭﺴل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺯﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﺘﻭﺒﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻓﺭﺤﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﻓﺭﺤﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﺤﺯﻨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩ؟!‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺜﻕ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺩﻭﻩ ﻓﺭﺤﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺯﻴﺎﺭﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﻔﺭﺤﻭﻥ ﻫﻡ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪147‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﺤﺯﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻜﺘﺏ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺩﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﺘﻨﺴـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻷﺠﻠﻬﻡ ﻁﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺘﻭﺒﺘﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺃﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﻭﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﺃﻫـل‬ ‫ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺘﻀﺎﻴﻘﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﺒﻴﺨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﺸﻌﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﻴﺴﺭﻋﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﻴﺎ ﺃﺨﻰ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺩﻴﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ﻫﺩﻓﻙ‬

‫ﺠﻪ ﻭﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻨﻭﺒﺦ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺘﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻨﺤ ﹼﺫﺭ ﻭﻨﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻨﺤﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﻟﻁﻑ ﻭﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻭﺩﺍﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬تأديب الكنيسة )ع ‪:( 11-5‬‬ ‫ﺤ ْﺰ ِﻥ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﹶﻻ ﺃﹸﹶﺛﻘﱢﻞﹶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﺰﻧﱢﻰ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃ ْﺣ َﺰ ﹶﻥ َﺟﻤِﻴ َﻌ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺑ ْﻌ َ‬ ‫‪َ 5‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﺃ ْﺣ َﺰﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ ْ‬

‫ﺤ ﹺﺮﻯﱢ‬ ‫ﺲ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺴَﺎ ِﻣﺤُﻮَﻧﻪُ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻛﹶﺜﺮﹺﻳﻦَ‪َ 7 ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺗَﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻌ ﹾﻜ ﹺ‬ ‫‪ِ 6‬ﻣ ﹾﺜﻞﹸ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ َﻳ ﹾﻜﻔِﻴ ِﻪ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺼَﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠﺔﹶ‪َ 9 .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ِﻟ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﻚ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗُ َﻤﻜﱢﻨُﻮﺍ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ْﺰ ِﻥ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ﹾﻔ ﹺﺮﻁِ‪ِ8 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺗُ َﻌﺰﱡﻭَﻧﻪُ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ ﻳُﺒَْﺘ ﹶﻠ َﻊ ِﻣ ﹾﺜﻞﹸ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬

‫ﺸ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻑ َﺗ ْﺰ ِﻛَﻴَﺘ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻫ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﻃﹶﺎِﺋﻌُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺷَﻰْﺀٍ؟ ‪10‬ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺗُﺴَﺎ ِﻣﺤُﻮَﻧﻪُ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻛَﺘ ْﺒﺖُ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹺﺮ َ‬

‫ﻀ َﺮ ِﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ِ11 ،‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﻳ ﹾﻄ َﻤ َﻊ ﻓِﻴﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺤ ْ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻰ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ِﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ِﻠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺖُ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺳَﺎ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﺖُ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫َﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﻣَﺎ ﺳَﺎ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻬﻞﹸ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓﻜﹶﺎ َﺭﻩُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻴﻄﹶﺎﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻻ َﻧ ْ‬

‫ع‪ :6-5‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ‪ ...‬ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻜﺭ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺯﻨﻰ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺃﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺤﺭﻤﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺘﻭﺏ‪1) .‬ﻜﻭ‪.(1 :5‬‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺯﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﺤﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜل ﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺜﻘل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻭﺩﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻀﻰ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8-7‬ﺍﻟﺤﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻁ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻴﺄﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﻤﻜﻨﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﻅﻬﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻜﻡ ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻜﻡ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻁﻠﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺎﻤﺤﻭﻩ ﻭﻴﺸﺠﻌﻭﻩ ﻭﻴﻅﻬﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺎﺭﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﺄﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪148‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﺘﺯﻜﻴﺘﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﺎﺌﻠﻜﻡ ﻭﺘﻤﻴﺯﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻜﺄﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺎﻋﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻤﻊ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺴﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻁﺎﻋﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻁﺎﻋﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﻤﺤﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﺊ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11-10‬ﺒﺤﻀﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓـﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜـﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﻭﺴﻁﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻴﻁﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻨﺘﻬﺯ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺃﻯ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻩ‪ :‬ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺘﻪ ﻹﺴﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﺎﻤﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﻷﺠل ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻴﺤﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨـﺎﻁﺊ ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﻫﻭ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺃﺤﺩﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻴﺴﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺄﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻨﻤﻨﻊ ﺤﻴل ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴـﻘﻁﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻯ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻨﺤﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻨﺼﻠﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻐﻔﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺯﻻﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﻐﻔﺭ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺫﻨﺒﻴﻥ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻨﺴﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻨﻐﻔﺭ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻐﻔﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﺴﺎﻤﺤﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺌﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺘﻨـﺎ ﻨﻨﺴـﻰ‬

‫ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻨﺫﻜﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻴﻘﻭل ﻟﻨﺎ "ﻻ ﺃﺫﻜﺭ ﺨﻁﻴـﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﻌـﺩ" )ﺇﺭ‪:31‬‬ ‫‪.(34‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬لماذا لم يمكث بولس فى ترواس؟ )ع ‪:( 13-12‬‬ ‫ﺢ ﻟِﻰ ﺑَﺎﺏٌ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪13 ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﺗ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍْﻧ ﹶﻔَﺘ َ‬ ‫‪َ 12‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ ﹺﺟ ﹾﺌﺖُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺗﺮُﻭَﺍﺱَ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹺﺇْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬

‫ﺨ َﺮﺟْﺖُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻣ ِﻜﺪُﻭﹺﻧﻴﱠﺔﹶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺃﺧِﻰ‪ .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ َﻭﺩﱠ ْﻋﺘُﻬُ ْﻢ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﻟِﻰ ﺭَﺍﺣَﺔﹲ ﻓِﻰ ﺭُﻭﺣِﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹺﺟ ْﺪ ﺗِﻴﻄﹸ َ‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﺫﻫﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻓﺴﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺭﻭﺍﺱ ﻟﻴﺒﺸﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻨﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺒﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻟﻠﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﻟﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺸﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪149‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﺃﺨﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ "ﺃﺨﺎﻩ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺍﺘﻀﺎﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﺎﻓﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ ﻻﺒﻨﻪ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﻁﻠﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﻓﺫﻫﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺭﻭﺍﺱ ﻟﻴﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺠﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩﻫﻡ ﻭﺘﻔﺘﻘﺩﻫﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﺭﻜﻭﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﻁل ﻋﻥ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺘﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﺭﻜﻙ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﺤﺒﺎﺌﻙ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﺴـﺘﻨﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺼل ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﺒﺤﻤﺎﺱ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬شكر ﷲ على نجاح اإلنجيل )ع ‪:( 17-14‬‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ِﺣﲔﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳُ ﹾﻈ ﹺﻬﺮُ ﹺﺑﻨَﺎ ﺭَﺍِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮِﺗ ِﻪ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻧُ ْ‬ ‫‪َ 14‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷُ ﹾﻜﺮًﺍ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ُﺩﻧَﺎ ﻓِﻰ َﻣ ْﻮ ِﻛ ﹺ‬

‫ﺨ ﹸﻠﺼُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻭﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﻳ ْﻬ ِﻠﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﱠ ِﻛﻴﱠ ِﺔ ِﻟﻠﱠﻪِ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﺔﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻣ ْﻌ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓِﺘ ِﻪ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﻣﻜﹶﺎﻥٍ‪َ 15 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﺭَﺍِﺋ َ‬

‫ﺤﻴَﺎﺓٍ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻛﹸﻔﹾﻮﺀٌ ِﻟ َﻬ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍ ُﻷﻣُﻮﺭﹺ؟ ‪17‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﺔﹸ َﺣﻴَﺎ ٍﺓ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺭَﺍِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕٍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻷُﻭﹶﻟِﺌ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺔﹸ َﻣ ْﻮ ٍ‬ ‫‪ِ16‬ﻟ َﻬﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ ﺭَﺍِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤ ﹶﺔ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﻛﹶﻤَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺇﹺﺧْﻼﹶﺹﹴ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﷲ‪َ ،‬ﻧَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻢُ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺴْﻨَﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻟﹾﻜﹶﺜِﲑﹺﻳﻦَ ﻏﹶﺎﺷﱢ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﻤﻭﻜﺏ‪ :‬ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺴﻴﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺘﻨﺘﺼﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺎﺌﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻴل ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺸﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺨﺎﺩﻤﺎ ﻭﻤﺒﺸﺭﺍ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﻭﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻗﺒﻀﺘﻪ ﻭﻴﺠﺫﺒﻬﻡ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻜﺭﺍﺯﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻜﺭﺍﺌﺤﺔ ﺯﻜﻴﻪ ﺘﻨﺘﺸﺭ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺒﺸﺭﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻜﺭﺯ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16-15‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺒﺸﺎﺭﺘﻪ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﻭﺘﻨﺘﺸﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻜﺭﺍﺌﺤﺔ ﺯﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﻥ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺭﻓﻀﻭﻥ ﻓﺘﺩﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﻭﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺤﻜﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺒﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪150‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺜﻡ ﻴﺘﺴﺎﺀل ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻭل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤـﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺘﺠﺫﺒﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﻁﻴﹰﺎ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﺜﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻭﻗﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻉ ﻓﻰ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ؛ ﻓﻼ ﻴﻀﻴﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻐﻴـﺭ‬ ‫ﺸﻴﺌ ﹰﺎ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﺒﺘﺩﻋﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻴﻜﺭﺯ ﺒﺈﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﻜل ﻗﻭﺘﻪ ﻟﻜﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻴﺼﻠﻰ ﻭﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﻫﻰ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﻭﺘﻪ )ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻀﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻁﻤﺌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﺨﺸﻭﻉ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ‬ ‫)ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ(‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻨﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒل ﻜل ﻋﻤل ﻭﺒﻌﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﻘﻭﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻨﻨﺠﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺼﻐﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻨﻨﺯﻋﺞ ﺒﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻜﺜﺭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻨﺜﺒﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺨـﺩﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨـﺎ ﻭﻨﺸـﻌﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪151‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬بولس أھل للتبشير )ع ‪:( 5 - 1‬‬ ‫ﺻَﻴ ٍﺔ ِﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﻜﻢْ؟‬ ‫ﺻَﻴ ٍﺔ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻭ َﺭﺳَﺎِﺋ ﹶﻞ َﺗ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺝ ﹶﻛ ﹶﻘ ْﻮ ﹴﻡ َﺭﺳَﺎِﺋ ﹶﻞ َﺗ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺘَﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﹶﻟ َﻌﻠﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫‪1‬ﹶﺃ ﹶﻓَﻨ ْﺒَﺘ ِﺪﺉُ َﻧ ْﻤ َﺪﺡُ ﹶﺃﻧْﻔﹸ َ‬ ‫‪2‬ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﹺﺭﺳَﺎﹶﻟﺘُﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ﹾﻜﺘُﻮَﺑ ﹰﺔ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮﹺﺑﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﻌﺮُﻭ ﹶﻓ ﹰﺔ َﻭ َﻣ ﹾﻘﺮُﻭ َﺀ ﹰﺓ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹺ‪3 .‬ﻇﹶﺎﻫِﺮﹺﻳﻦَ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺭﺳَﺎﹶﻟﺔﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤ ِﻤﻴﱠﺔٍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺠ ﹺﺮﻳﱠ ٍﺔ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻓِﻰ ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻮَﺍﺡﹺ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻠ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺤﻰﱢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﻓِﻰ ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻮَﺍﺡﹴ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺡﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ْﺒ ﹴﺮ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺑﺮُﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨﺪُﻭ َﻣ ﹰﺔ ﻣِﻨﱠﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ﹾﻜﺘُﻮَﺑ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﹺﺑ ِ‬ ‫َﻣ ْ‬

‫ﺲ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﻛﹸﻔﹶﺎﺓﹲ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺃﹶﻧْﻔﹸﺴِﻨَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِﻜ َﺮ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪُ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﻟﺪَﻯ ﺍﷲِ‪5 .‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫‪َ 4‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ِﺛ ﹶﻘ ﹲﺔ ِﻣ ﹾﺜﻞﹸ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬

‫ﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻛﻔﹶﺎَﻳُﺘﻨَﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻧْﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺘﻼﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻔﻌل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺸﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺭﺴﻭل ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺤﺎﺠﺘﻪ ﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺒـﺩﻴل‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻓﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻫﻡ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻰ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺒل ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺼﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓـﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜـﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﻅﺎﻫﺭﻴﻥ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻤﺅﻤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺩﻟﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺤﻴﺔ ﻴﺭﺍﻫﺎ ﻜل‬ ‫ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﺸﻬﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻫﻡ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻤﺕ‬ ‫ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪152‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒـﺔ ﺒﻌﻤـل ﺍﻟـﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘـﺩﺱ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻰ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺤﺒﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺘﺴـﻤﻭ ﻋـﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻓﻬﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻻ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺜﻕ ﺒﻪ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫـﺅﻻﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻪ ﺜﻘﻪ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺭﺴﻭل ﻭﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺃﻤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻜﺭﺍﺯﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺅﻜﺩ ﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺼﺩﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺒﻘـﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟـﻴﺱ ﻗﻭﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﻑﺀ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒل ﺒﻌﻤل ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻫل ﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺃﻨﻙ ﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ‬

‫ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻜﻙ؟ ﻫل ﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺭﻋﺎﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﺒﻁﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ؟ ﻭﻫل ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﻬﺘﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ؟‬

‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻰ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﻜل ﺃﺤﺩ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﻴﻥ ﺒﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬مجد العھد الجديد )ع ‪:( 11-6‬‬ ‫ﻑ َﻳ ﹾﻘﺘُﻞﹸ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻑ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭﺡﹺ‪َ .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ْﺮ ِ‬ ‫‪6‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺟ َﻌ ﹶﻠﻨَﺎ ﹸﻛﻔﹶﺎ ﹰﺓ َﻷ ﹾﻥ َﻧﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ُﺧﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ َﻋ ْﻬ ٍﺪ َﺟﺪِﻳﺪٍ‪ .‬ﹶﻻ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻓِﻰ ِﺣﺠَﺎ َﺭ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﺧ ْﺪ َﻣﺔﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕِ‪ ،‬ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻨﻘﹸﻮ َﺷﺔﹸ ﹺﺑﹶﺄﺣْﺮُ ٍ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻳُﺤْﻴﹺﻰ‪7 .‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ْ‬ ‫َﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ َ‬

‫ﻒ ﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ َﻭ ْﺟ ﹺﻬ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﺍِﺋﻞﹺ‪ 8 ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠﺪٍ‪َ ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹾﻘ ِﺪ ْﺭ َﺑﻨُﻮ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْﻨﻈﹸﺮُﻭﺍ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻪ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫َﻣ ْ‬

‫ﺠﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻭﻟﹶﻰ ﻛﹶﺜِﲑًﺍ ﺗَﺰﹺﻳﺪُ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﺧ ْﺪ َﻣﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﺪﱠْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧ ِﺔ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻓِﻰ ﻣَﺠْﺪٍ؟ ‪َ 9‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ْ‬ ‫َﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﺑﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻭﻟﹶﻰ ِﺧ ْﺪ َﻣﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺍﹾﻟﻔﹶﺎِﺋﻖﹺ‪َ 11 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠﺪٍ‪ 10 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ َﻤﺠﱠ َﺪ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ َﻤﺠﱠ ْﺪ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﺒﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ِﺧ ْﺪ َﻣﺔﹸ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ ﻓِﻰ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺠﺪٍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﺪٍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻭﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑًﺍ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﺍِﺋﻢُ ِﻓﻰ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﺍِﺋﻞﹸ ﻓِﻰ َﻣ ْ‬

‫‪153‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﻌل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺭﻓﻘﺎﺀﻩ ﺃﻫل ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺭﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺘﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﻋﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻓﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺤﺭﻓﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻭﺍ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻭﺤﻜﻤﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﻘﻭﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﺎﻋﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﺃﻋﻁﺘﻬﻡ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻭﺸﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺤﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺠﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻜل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺤﻜﻤﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻷﺠل ﻋﺠﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻗﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻤﺠﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻋﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺤﺩﺜﺕ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒل )ﺨﺭ‪ ،(16 :19‬ﻭﺨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺠﺩﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﺒل ﻭﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻰ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺒﺎﷲ ﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﺠﻬﻪ ﻴﻠﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﺤﺘﻤل ﺒﻨﻭ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﻭﺍ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨـﻪ ﻁـﻭﺍل‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﻀﻊ ﺒﺭﻗﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻬﻪ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﺜﻡ ﻴﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺩﺨﻭﻟﻪ ﻟﻴﻘﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ )ﺨﺭ‪.(35 :34‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﺠﺩ ﻓﻜﻡ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺒﻤﺠﺩ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻴﺴﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺘﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﺘﻐﻔﺭ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﻭﺘﺒﺭﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺘﻬﺒﻪ ﻤﺠﺩﺍ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﺍﻟ ُﻤ َﻤﺠَﺩ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬

‫ﻁ ﻤﺠﺩ ﻤﺜل ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴل ‪ :‬ﻟﻡ ﻴُﻌ ﹶ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﻕ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩ‬

‫‪154‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻴﻀﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻗﺎﺌﺩ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﻴُﻘﺎﺭَﻥ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺒﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟـﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨـﺩ ﺘﺠﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒل ﺒﻠﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻭﺇﻴﻠﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ ﻫـﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺯﺍﺌل‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻬﻰ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ‪ 1500‬ﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﻬﻰ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﺘﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﺈﻀﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻷﻨﻭﺍﺭ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﺇﻀﺎﺀﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺩﻴل‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺴﻪ ﻭﻭﻗﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺒﺨﺸﻭﻉ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪.‬‬

‫ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴـﺔ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤل ﻓﻰ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺨﺘﺒﺭ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺘﺠﺫﺏ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻤﺠـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬إستعالن ﷲ فى العھد الجديد )ع ‪:( 18-12‬‬ ‫ﻀﻊُ ﺑُﺮْﻗﹸﻌًﺎ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ َﻳ َ‬ ‫ﲑﺓﹰ‪َ 13 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ْﻌ ِﻤﻞﹸ ُﻣﺠَﺎ َﻫ َﺮ ﹰﺓ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫‪ 12‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ ﺭَﺟَﺎﺀٌ ِﻣ ﹾﺜﻞﹸ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻧ ْ‬

‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫﻫَﺎُﻧ ُﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ‪ ،‬ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫َﻭ ْﺟ ﹺﻬ ِﻪ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْﻨﻈﹸ َﺮ ﺑَﻨُﻮ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹺﻧﻬَﺎَﻳ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﺍﺋِﻞﹺ‪َ14 .‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﺃﹸ ﹾﻏ ِﻠ ﹶﻈ ْ‬

‫ﺸﻒٍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻳُ ْﺒ ﹶﻄﻞﹸ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪15 .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪َ ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﻕ ﹶﻏ ْﻴﺮُ ُﻣ ْﻨ ﹶﻜ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟُﺒ ْﺮ ﹸﻗ ُﻊ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺴُﻪُ‪ِ ،‬ﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ِﻗﺮَﺍ َﺀ ِﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ِﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺘِﻴ ﹺﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑَﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻳُ ﹾﻘ َﺮﺃﹸ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﹾﻟُﺒ ْﺮ ﹸﻗ ُﻊ ﻣَﻮْﺿُﻮﻉٌ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻠﹺﺒ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ 16 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ِ ،‬ﻋ ْﻨ َﺪﻣَﺎ َﻳ ْﺮ ﹺﺟﻊُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪ ،‬ﻳُ ْﺮ ﹶﻓﻊُ ﺍﹾﻟُﺒ ْﺮ ﹸﻗﻊُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻴَﻮْﻡﹺ‪ِ ،‬ﺣ َ‬

‫ﺠ َﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ َﺟﻤِﻴﻌًﺎ ﻧَﺎ ِﻇﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪ُ ،‬ﻫﻨَﺎ َﻙ ُﺣﺮﱢﻳﱠﺔﹲ‪َ 18 .‬ﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫‪َ 17‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭﺡُ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺣ ْﻴﺚﹸ ﺭُﻭ ُ‬

‫ﺠﺪٍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‬ ‫ﺠ ٍﺪ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮ َﺭ ِﺓ َﻋ ْﻴﹺﻨﻬَﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ َﻮ ْﺟ ٍﻪ َﻣ ﹾﻜﺸُﻮﻑٍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ِﻣﺮْﺁﺓٍ‪َ ،‬ﻧَﺘ َﻐﻴﱠﺮُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ِﺗ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭﺡﹺ‪.‬‬

‫‪155‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﻭﺜﻘﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻨﺠﻴل ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﺠﺩ ﻓﺎﺌﻕ ﻓﻬﻰ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺠﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻜﺭﺍﺯﺘﻪ ﺒﻼ ﺨﻭﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16-13‬ﺒﺭﻗﻌﺎ‪ :‬ﻁﺭﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌل‪ :‬ﻭﺠﻪ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻴﺘﺤﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺭﺍﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺭ ﻭﻴﺯﻭل ﻤﺠﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺒﻁل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴُﻘﺭﺃ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﻔﺎﺭ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻀﻌﻪ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻬﻪ ﻟﻴﺨﻔﻰ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻼﻅﺔ ﻗﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﻜﺎﻟﺒﺭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺨﻔﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺃﺴﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺴﻤﻌﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺠﺎﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜـﻥ ﻤﺘـﻰ ﺁﻤﻨـﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺭﺠﻌﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻏﻼﻅﺔ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﺴﻴﻔﻬﻤﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﺍﻟﺭﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻤل ﺍﻷﻗﺎﻨﻴﻡ ﻤﻌﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟـﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﻴﺤـﺭﺭﻩ ﻤـﻥ ﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻪ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻭﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻨﻁﻼﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻔﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ ﻭﻟـﻴﺱ ﺤﺭﻓﻴـﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺘﻌﻤﻕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺭﺁﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺼﻭﺍﻡ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺘﻐﻴﺭ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻭﺤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪156‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻤﺠﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺠﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﻤﻭ ﺤﻴـﺎﺓ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻨﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﻨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺘﺤﺩ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻭﻨﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺼﻭﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﻜﺸﻑ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺒﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟـﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺴﻴﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻜﺸﻑ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻨﺭﺍﻩ ﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻟﻭﺠـﻪ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﻌﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺭﺁﺓ )ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻅل ﻨﻜﺘﺸﻑ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻗﻪ ﻭﻨﺘﻠﺫﺫ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺘﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺘـﺘﻼﻤﺱ ﻤﻌـﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻬل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺴﺎﻋﺩﺘﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺭﻯ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺨﺫﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻠﻤﺱ ﻓﻴﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺍﺘﺨﺫ ﺍﷲ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺠﺴﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﻐﺎﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻐﻴﺭﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺠـﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺒﻬﺎﺌﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺴﻠﻙ ﺒﻁﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺒﺭ ﻭﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺠﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﺒﺎﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪157‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻟﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬أمانة بولس فى تبشيره )ع ‪:( 6 - 1‬‬ ‫ﻯ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺰ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻀﻨَﺎ َﺧﻔﹶﺎﻳَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺸﻞﹸ‪َ2 .‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺭ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺪ َﻣﺔﹸ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﺭُ ِﺣ ْﻤﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫‪ِ 1‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺫﹶﻟِﻚَ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﹺﺇْﻧﺴَﺎ ٍﻥ ﹸﻗﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ ﹶﻟﺪَﻯ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻔ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤ ﹶﺔ ﺍﷲِ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺑﹺﺈ ﹾﻇﻬَﺎ ﹺﺭ ﺍﻟﹾﺤَﻖﱢ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺎ ِﺩ ِﺣ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ َﻣ ﹾﻜﺮﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻏﹶﺎﺷﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺳَﺎِﻟ ِﻜ َ‬ ‫ﺍﷲِ‪َ 3 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹸﻠﻨَﺎ َﻣ ﹾﻜﺘُﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﻡٌ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻬَﺎِﻟ ِﻜﲔَ‪4 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻓِﻴ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﹶﻟﻪُ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ْﻫ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ‬

‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺻُﻮ َﺭﺓﹸ ﺍﷲِ‪ 5 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻤَﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫﻫَﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﺆْﻣِﻨﹺﲔَ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ ُﺗﻀِﻰ َﺀ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﻧَﺎ َﺭﺓﹸ ﹺﺇْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ َﻋﺒﹺﻴﺪًﺍ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﻳﺴُﻮﻉَ‪َ 6 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻉ َﺭﺑ‪‬ﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹺﺑﹶﺄْﻧ ﹸﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺴْﻨَﺎ َﻧ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺮﺯُ ﹺﺑﹶﺄﻧْﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮﹺﺑﻨَﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﻹﻧَﺎ َﺭ ِﺓ َﻣ ْﻌ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓ ِﺔ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻧُﻮﺭٌ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹸﻇ ﹾﻠ َﻤﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﺃ ْﺷ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ﹺﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻓِﻰ َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻪ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪:1‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺫﻟﻙ‪ :‬ﻷﺠل ﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺃﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺭﺤﻤﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺤﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﻩ ﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻨﻔﺸل‪ :‬ﻻ ﻨﺘﻌﺜﺭ ﻭﻨﺘﻬﺎﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺼﻴﺭ ﺨﺩﺍﻤ ﹰﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺃﻤﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﺸﻠﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻌﻅﻤﺔ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﺭﻯ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﺎﺩﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺅﺩﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺄﻤﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﻌﻁل ﺃﻭ ﻴﻘﺼﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﺨﻔﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺯﻯ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺨﺠل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪158‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻤﻜﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺃﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺒـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﺴـﻴﻭﻥ ﻤـﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺸﻴﻥ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺘﻔﺴﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻀـﻰ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺨﻔﺎﺀ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻀﺎﻴﻘﻬﻡ ﻟﻜﺴﺏ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺎﺩﺤﻴﻥ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺕ ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻴﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺤﻀﺭﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﻠﻙ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻘﺎﻤﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺭﺍﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻌﻅﻤﺔ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﺴـﻠﻭﻜﻪ ﺒﺎﻻﺴـﺘﻘﺎﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺃﻏﺭﺍﻀﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻜـﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻭﻤﻤﺩﻭﺤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﻜﺴﺏ ﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﻠﻭﺏ ﺴﺎﻤﻌﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻤﻜﺘﻭﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﻭﻗﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﻜﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺭﻓﻀﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﻻ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻏﺎﻤﻀﺔ ﻭﻤﺭﻓﻭﻀﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺭﻓﻀﻭﻥ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺃﻏﺭﺍﻀﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﺇﻟﻪ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻨﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻨﺠﻴل ﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﻴﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻭﻴﺭﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺼﻴﺭ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭﻨﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻨﺤﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺒﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻘﺘﺩﻯ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻭﻴﺼـﻠﺤﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺸﻭﻫﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻜﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻏﻤﻭﺽ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﻜﻴﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻗـﺩ ﺸـﻐﻠﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﺒل ﻭﻴﺭﻓﻀﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻨﻴﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘـﻪ ﻷﻨـﻪ ﻴﻅﻬـﺭ‬

‫‪159‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﻫﻭ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﻪ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓـﻰ ﺤﻴـﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﺎﺸﺔ ﻭﺴﻁﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻭﻨﺴﻠﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﻏﺭﺽ ﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﺩﻯ ﻟﻬـﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻻ ﻴﻤﺠﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﺒﺩﺍ ﻤﻜﺭﺴﺎ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ ﻅﻼﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻴﻨﻴﺭ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺸـﺭﻕ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺸﻤﺱ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺒل ﺒﺭﻭﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ ﻟﻨﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻨﺴﺘﻌﻴﺩ ﺒﻨﻭﺘﻨﺎ ﻟـﻪ ﻭﻨﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺒﻬـﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺭﺃﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻨﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺘﻼﻤﺱ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻗﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺒل ﻨﺘﺤﺩ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻨﺨﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﻴﻨﻴﺭ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺒﺄﺴﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻭﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻨﺘﻌﻤﻕ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ‬

‫ﻭﻨﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻨﺎ ﻓﻨﺩﻋﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ضعف بولس يظھر قدرة ﷲ )ع ‪:( 15-7‬‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰﺀٍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻀﻞﹸ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹸﻮﱠ ِﺓ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﹶﻻ ِﻣﻨﱠﺎ‪8 .‬ﻣُﻜﹾَﺘِﺌﹺﺒ َ‬ ‫‪َ 7‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻨ ُﺰ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃﻭَﺍ ٍﻥ َﺧ َﺰ ِﻓﻴﱠﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﲔَ‪9 .‬ﻣُﻀْ ﹶﻄ َﻬﺪِﻳﻦَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ َﻣ ْﺘﺮُﻭ ِﻛﲔَ‪ .‬ﻣَﻄﹾﺮُﻭﺣِﲔَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﱢﺮﹺﻳﻦَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﻳَﺎِﺋ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ُﻣَﺘﻀَﺎﹺﻳ ِﻘﲔَ‪ .‬ﻣَُﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹺﺇﻣَﺎَﺗ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻳﺴُﻮﻉَ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﺗُ ﹾﻈ َﻬ َﺮ َﺣﻴَﺎ ﹸﺓ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ِﺣ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﻫَﺎِﻟ ِﻜﲔَ‪10 .‬ﺣَﺎ ِﻣ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﻳﺴُﻮﻉَ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗ ﹾﻈ َﻬ َﺮ َﺣﻴَﺎ ﹸﺓ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱠﻢُ ﺩَﺍِﺋﻤًﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺣﻴَﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻧُ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪﻧَﺎ‪َ 11 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ َﻋ ْﻴُﻨﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ﹸﺓ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ 13 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﺭُﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻳ ْﻌ َﻤﻞﹸ ﻓِﻴﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪﻧَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَﺎِﺋﺖِ‪12 .‬ﹺﺇﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ُ‬ ‫َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﺃﻗﹶﺎ َﻡ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻧَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻢُ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪14 .‬ﻋَﺎِﻟ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ ﻧُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦُ‪َ ،‬ﻭِﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻚ َﺗ ﹶﻜﻠﱠ ْﻤﺖُ‪َ «.‬ﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺏ »ﺁ َﻣ ْﻨﺖُ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹾﻜﺘُﻮ ﹺ‬

‫‪160‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻀﺮُﻧَﺎ َﻣ َﻌﻜﹸﻢْ‪َ 15 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ َﺟﻤِﻴ َﻊ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎ ِﺀ ِﻫ َﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺃﹶﺟْﻠِﻜﹸﻢْ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮﻉَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﻉ‪َ ،‬ﺳﻴُﻘِﻴ ُﻤﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱠ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺍﷲِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺑﹺﺎ َﻷ ﹾﻛﹶﺜﺮﹺﻳﻦَ‪َ ،‬ﺗﺰﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﱡ ﹾﻜ َﺮ ِﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﻫ َﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﻛﺜﹸ َﺮ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺯ‪ :‬ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺍﻨﻰ ﺨﺯﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺂﻨﻴﺔ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﻪ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺨﺯﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﻤﻸﻫﺎ ﺃﻯ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺒﺸﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻫﻰ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﻁل ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻀﻌﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻨﺎ ﻟﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺘﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﻬﻡ ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﻭﻤﻌﻁﻼﺕ‬ ‫ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻹﻜﺘﺌﺎﺏ ﻟﻀﻌﻔﻬﻡ ﻜﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺘﺘﺭﻜﻬﻡ ﻓﻼ ﻴﺴﺘﺴﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﺒل ﻴﻭﺍﺼﻠﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺤﻤﺎﺱ ﻭﺇﺼﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺒﺸﻜﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺭﻭﺒﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﻡ ﻴﺘﺤﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺨـﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨـﻪ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﺎﻭﻤﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻨﺠﺢ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻌﻁﻴل ﻭﺴﺎﺌﻠﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻴﺄﺴﻭﻥ ﺒل ﻴﻘﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﻴﻭﺍﺼـﻠﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﺎﺱ ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻴﺜﻴﺭ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻴﺘـﺭﻜﻬﻡ ﺒـل‬ ‫ﻴﺴﻨﺩﻫﻡ ﻭﻴﺸﺠﻌﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺇﻜﻠﻴل ﻤﺠﺩ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻯ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﺴﻘﻁﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻀﻌﻔﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜـﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻴﺸﺩﺩﻫﻡ ﻭﻴﺸﻔﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻘﻴﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻭﺍﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11-10‬ﺃﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺘﻜﺎﺩ ﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺴﻠﻡ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ‪ :‬ﻨﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻻﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪161‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺠﺴﺩﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻭﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﺴﺘﻌﺩﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒـل‬ ‫ﻴﻀﺒﻁﻭﻥ ﺃﻫﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺭﺍﺤﺘﻪ ﻭﻴﺠﺎﻫﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻜل ﺘﻌـﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺤﻴﻨﺌـﺫ‬ ‫ﺘﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﻭﺘﻪ ﺇﺫ ﻴﺴﻨﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺠﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭﻗﺒﻭﻟـﻪ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ‪ ،‬ﻴﺨﺘﺒﺭ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻌﺸﺭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﻨﺎل ﻋﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺤﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﺭﻜـﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻀـﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﺸﺭﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﺌﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺠﺯﺌﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻤﺴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﻴﺨﺘﺒﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻗﹰﺎ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻌﻁﻠﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻘﻭﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺁﻤﻥ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ )ﻤﺯ‪ ،(10 :116‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻭﺍﺼل ﻜﺭﺍﺯﺘﻪ ﺭﻏﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫"ﺁﻤﻨﺕ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻜﻠﻤﺕ" ﺃﺨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺘﻀﻌﻨﺎ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺃﺨﺭﺴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺭﺕ ﺒﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل‪ ،‬ﻭﻜل ﻤـﻥ ﺁﻤـﻥ‬

‫ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺍﻥ ﻨﺠﻌل ﺃﺤﺎﺩﻴﺜﻨﺎ ﻭﻜﻼﻤﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﺒﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻤﻨﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻁﻕ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻠﺘﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﻹﻟﻬﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﻴﺤﻀﺭﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ ﻨﻠﺘﻘﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺘﺸﺠﻊ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺴﻴﻘﻴﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴـﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﻴـﺭ‬

‫‪162‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻭﻴﻭﻗﻔﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﻟﻨﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻋﻭﺽ ﻜل ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺒﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻴﺩﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻟﻶﻻﻡ ﻭﻋﻤل ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺭﻯ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺁﻻﻡ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟـﻴﺱ ﻓﻘـﻁ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺎﺌﺩﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﻜﺭﺯ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺭﻓﻌﻭﺍ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺠﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺅﻤﻨﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻭﻜل ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻟﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻫل ﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻜل ﺃﻟﻡ ﻭﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺘﺤﺘﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜﺭ ﻭﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺫﻤﺭ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻤﺠـﺩﺍ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻗﺒﻠﻬـﺎ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺜﻘﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﺤﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﻭﺃﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬الرجاء فى األبدية )ع ‪:( 18-16‬‬ ‫ﺠﺪﱠﺩُ ﻳَﻮْﻣًﺎ ﹶﻓَﻴ ْﻮ ًﻣﺎ‪َ 17 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ِﺧﻔﱠ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫ﺸﻞﹸ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇْﻧﺴَﺎُﻧﻨَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﺨَﺎ ﹺﺭﺝُ َﻳ ﹾﻔﻨَﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﺪﱠﺍ ِﺧﻞﹸ َﻳَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻻ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫‪ِ16‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬

‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﻏ ْﻴﺮُ ﻧَﺎ ِﻇﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ُﺗﺮَﻯ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ‬ ‫ﺠ ٍﺪ ﺃﹶﺑَﺪِﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪َ 18 .‬ﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺸﺊﹸ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ِﺛ ﹶﻘ ﹶﻞ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺿِﻴ ﹶﻘِﺘﻨَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ﹾﻗِﺘﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗُ ْﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﹶﻻ ُﺗﺮَﻯ‪َ .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﺗُﺮَﻯ َﻭ ﹾﻗِﺘﻴﱠﺔﹲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﹶﻻ ُﺗﺮَﻯ ﹶﻓﹶﺄَﺑ ِﺪﻳﱠﺔﹲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨل‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﺭﺤﺏ ﺒﺎﻵﻻﻡ ﻷﺠل ﻓﻭﺍﺌﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻵﻻﻡ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺴﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻨﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺸل ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻔﻴﺩﻨﺎ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺘﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻜل ﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺘﺘﺠﺩﺩ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﻕ ﺘﻨﻤﻭ ﺒﻪ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﺩﻯ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺘﻜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻌﺸﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪163‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :17‬ﻴﺭﻯ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺴﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟـﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﺴﻴﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺜﻘﻴﻼ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺨﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻀـﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﺅﻗﺘﺔ ﺘﺴﺘﻐﺭﻕ ﺯﻤﻨﺎ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﻓﺘﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ؛ ﺒل ﻴﺸﺠﻌﻨﺎ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻨﻨﺎل ﺃﻤﺠﺎﺩﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﻌﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺭﻯ‪ :‬ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺘﺭﻯ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻨﺴﻠﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻨﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺨﺴﺭﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺘﻌﺭﻀﻨﺎ ﻵﻻﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻷﻥ ﻜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺅﻗﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻨﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﻩ ﺘﻤﺘﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻨﺯﻋﺞ ﺇﻥ ﺨﺴﺭﺕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﺕ ﻹﺴﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻤﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺫﻩ‬

‫ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﻭﺭ ﺯﺍﺌﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺤﺎﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺘﻠﺘﺠﺊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﻘﺘﻨﺹ ﻓﺭﺼﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺠـﻭﺩ ﻤﻌـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺘـﻊ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺸﺭﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﺩ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪164‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻸﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬الحياة فى األبدية واالستعداد لھا )ع ‪:( 10 - 1‬‬ ‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﺼﻨُﻮ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺑﹺﻨَﺎﺀٌ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﺑَﻴْﺖٌ ﹶﻏ ْﻴﺮُ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺿﻰﱡ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺾ َﺑ ْﻴﺖُ ﺧَﻴْﻤَﺘِﻨَﺎ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫‪1‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻧُ ِﻘ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻜَﻨﻨَﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎ ِﺀ؛ ‪َ 3‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻓ ْﻮ ﹶﻗﻬَﺎ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧ ﹾﻠَﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺸﺘَﺎ ِﻗ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺑَﻴﺪٍ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃَﺑ ِﺪﻯﱡ‪ 2 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻰ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻧِﺌﻦﱡ‪ُ ،‬ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﻻ ﻧُﻮ َﺟﺪُ ُﻋﺮَﺍﺓﹰ‪ 4 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ ﹶﻻﹺﺑ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ ﻧُﺮﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻧَﺨْﻠﹶﻌَﻬَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴ َﻤ ِﺔ َﻧِﺌﻦﱡ ﻣُ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻘ ِﻠﲔَ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟ ْ‬

‫ﺻَﻨ َﻌﻨَﺎ ﻟِﻬَﺬﹶﺍ َﻋ ْﻴﹺﻨ ِﻪ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﷲُ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻄﹶﺎﻧَﺎ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎﺓِ‪َ 5 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻓ ْﻮ ﹶﻗﻬَﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﻳُﺒَْﺘ ﹶﻠ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَﺎِﺋﺖُ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫َﻧ ﹾﻠَﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓَﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﻣُﺴْﺘَﻮْﻃِﻨُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻭﻋَﺎِﻟﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﻭَﺍِﺛﻘﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ِﺣ ﹴ‬ ‫ُﻋ ْﺮﺑُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭﺡﹺ‪6 .‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹰﺍ؛ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‬ ‫ﻣُﺘَﻐَﺮﱢﺑُﻮﻥﹶ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪َ 7 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺮﱡ ﺑﹺﺎﻷَﻭْﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧَﺘ َﻐﺮﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﹸﻚُ ﹶﻻ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ِﻌﻴَﺎ ِﻥ‪ 8 ،‬ﹶﻓَﻨِﺜﻖُ َﻭﻧُ َ‬

‫ﲔ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪﻩُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﻴﱢ َ‬ ‫ﲔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻣ ْﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﻣَُﺘ َﻐﺮﱢﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻧﺤَْﺘ ﹺﺮﺹُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺴَْﺘﻮْ ِﻃﹺﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ْﻮ ِﻃ َﻦ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪ِ9 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫َﻭَﻧ ْ‬

‫ﺐ ﻣَﺎ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫‪َ 10‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻻ ُﺑﺪﱠ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﺟﻤِﻴﻌًﺎ ﻧُ ﹾﻈ َﻬﺮُ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ ﹸﻛ ْﺮ ِﺳﻰﱢ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴﻨَﺎ ﹶﻝ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣَﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺻَﻨ َﻊ‪ ،‬ﺧَﻴْﺮًﺍ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﺷَﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻨﹾ ِﻘﺽَ‪ُ :‬ﻫ ِﺩﻡَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻠﻡ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‬ ‫ﺒﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﻘﺽ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻯ ﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻨﻘﻀﺕ ﺘﻨﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺼﻨﻭﻉ ﺒﻴﺩ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﻠﺒﺴﻨﺎ ﺠﺴﺩ ﻨﻭﺭﺍﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﻫﺫﻩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺌﻥ‪ :‬ﻨﺘﻭﺠﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻤﺭ ﺒﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﻠﺒﺱ ﻓﻭﻗﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺠﺴﺎﻡ ﻨﻭﺭﺍﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪165‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻤﺴﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺃﺠﺴﺎﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺄﻟﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻴﺭﺘﻔﻊ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴـﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺭﺍﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻸﻟﻡ ﻭﻴﺩﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻌل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺸـﺩﻩ ﺸـﻭﻗﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﻴﻨﺌﺫ ﻟﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﻴﻭﻀﻊ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺴﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﻴﻠﺒﺱ ﻓﻭﻗﻪ ﺠﺴﺩ ﻨﻭﺭﺍﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺨﺘﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﻨﻭﺭﺍﻨﻴﺎ ﻴﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤـﺎ ﺫﻜـﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫)‪1‬ﻜﻭ‪.(52 ،51 :15‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻻﺒﺴﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺠﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺭﺍﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺠﺴﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺤﺩﻴﺜﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺸﺘﻴﺎﻗﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﻭﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﺴﻡ ﻨـﻭﺭﺍﻨﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻘﻭل ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﻻﺒﺴﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺭﻭﺤﻪ ﻋﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺠﺴﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺒﺭﻭﺤﻪ ﻭﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺠﺴﺩ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﻭﺭﺍﻨﻰ ﻴﻠﻴﻕ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺘﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻴﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﻭﻀﻊ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﺴﻡ ﻨﻭﺭﺍﻨﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴـﻡ ﺍﻟﻨـﻭﺭﺍﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺒﺜﻭﺏ ﻴﻐﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻰ ﻓﻴﺒﺘﻠﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻭﺭﺍﻨﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﺼﻨﻌﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺨﻠﻘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ‪ :‬ﺘﺫﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻏﺭﺽ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻠﻘﺘﻨﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﺅﻗﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻋﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻤﺘﻌﻨـﺎ‬

‫‪166‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺒﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺤﺘﻤل ﺃﺘﻌـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﺸﻭﺍﻗﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻁﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﻭﻥ ﺒﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻨﺸﻐﻠﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻨﺼﻴﺭ ﻏﺭﺒﺎﺀ ﻋـﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:7‬ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻨﺸﻐﻠﻭﻥ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻭﻩ ﺒﻌﻴﻭﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﺨﺎﻓﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﺤﺒﻭﻨﻪ ﻭﻴﺴﺘﻌﺩﻭﻥ ﻟﻸﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:8‬ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﺘﻌﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸـﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺼـﻴﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﺒﻨـﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻴﻥ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﺇﻥ ﻏﺭﺽ ﻭﻫﺩﻑ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺇﺭﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓـﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴـﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺘﻔﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﺭﻀﻴﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺌﻴﻭﻥ ﻫﺩﻓﻬﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺇﺭﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻨﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻜﺭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺃﻻ ﻨﻨﺴﻰ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﺴﻨﻘﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻜـل‬ ‫ﻜﻼﻤﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻜﺎﻓﺄ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺫﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﺒـﺩﻯ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﻜﻨﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺸﺭﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻫل ﺘﻔﻜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻰ ﺇﻻ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻭﺠﻴﺯﺓ ﻭﺃﻨﻪ ﻻﺒﺩ‬

‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻨﺫﻫﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻭﺱ؟ ﻭﻫل ﺘﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﺜﻘل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺤﺭﻤﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﺓ ﻤﻌﻪ؟‬

‫‪167‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﺴ َﻊ ﺒﻜل ﻗﻭﺘﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﺏ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺫﻫﺏ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺂﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻬﺩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬دفاع بولس عن نفسه أمام المعلمين الكذبة )ع ‪:( 13-11‬‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺮﻧَﺎ ﻇﹶﺎ ِﻫﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ﻟﹶﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ْﺭﺟُﻮ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﻋَﺎِﻟﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻣﺨَﺎ ﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪ ،‬ﻧُ ﹾﻘﹺﻨﻊُ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱَ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺻ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ ﻟﹶﺪَﻳْﻜﹸﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ُﻧ ْﻌﻄِﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻓﹸ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْﻤ َﺪﺡُ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺿﻤَﺎِﺋ ﹺﺮﻛﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪َ 12 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺮﻧَﺎ ﻇﹶﺎ ِﻫﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻮ ْﺟ ِﻪ ﹶﻻ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻠﺐﹺ‪13 .‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﺻِﺮْﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹾﻓِﺘﺨَﺎ ﹺﺭ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬِﺘﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺟَﻮَﺍﺏٌ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ِﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠﻜﹸﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﻓ ِﻠﻠﱠﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﻛﹸﻨﱠﺎ ﻋَﺎ ِﻗ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺨَﺘﻠﱢ َ‬ ‫ﻣُ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻤﺘﺫﻜﺭﻴﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﻘﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻸﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫ ﻴﺘﺫﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺘﺘﻭﻟﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﻜﺭﺯ ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻡ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺴﺘﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻜل‬ ‫ﻟﻸﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺇﺫ ﻴﺨﺎﻑ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺭﻯ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻐﺭﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺸﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﻓﺎﻫﻤﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻰ ﺃﻯ ﺼﻭﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺜﻘﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺨﺎﻑ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺄﺒﺩﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺠﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻯ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﺩﺤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﺅﻜﺩ‬ ‫ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺭﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺸﻜﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﺄﻤﻭﺭ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻌﺩﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺒﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪168‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺎﻻﺨﺘﻼل ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌل ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﺒﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻏﺘﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺍﺘﻬﻤﻭﻩ ﺒﺎﻻﺨﺘﻼل‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﻘﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻻﺨﺘﻼل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬ ‫ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻋﺎﻗل ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺒﺸﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺨﺘﻼل ﻓﻰ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻷﺠل ﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻭﻜﺭﺍﻤﺘﻙ‪ .‬ﺇﺒﺤﺙ‬

‫ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻷﺠﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺠﺩﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻋﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻭ ﺒﻌﺩ‬

‫ﺤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬مصالحة الناس مع ﷲ فيحيوا لمحبته )ع ‪:( 21-14‬‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٌ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺤِ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮﻧَﺎ‪ .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺤ ُ‬ ‫ﺢ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫‪َ 14‬ﻷﻥﱠ َﻣ َ‬

‫ﺴ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻟِﻠﱠﺬِﻯ‬ ‫ﺶ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺣﻴَﺎ ُﺀ ﻓِﻴﻤَﺎ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﻷْﻧ ﹸﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ ْﻰ َﻳﻌِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴﻊُ ﹺﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻣَﺎﺗُﻮﺍ‪َ 15 .‬ﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﺴﺪِ‪َ .‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹸﻨﱠﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﻋ َﺮ ﹾﻓﻨَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻻ َﻧ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻑُ ﹶﺃ َﺣﺪًﺍ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ َﻭﻗﹶﺎﻡَ‪16 .‬ﹺﺇﺫﹰﺍ؛ َﻧ ْ‬

‫ﺢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ ﺧَﻠِﻴﻘﹶﺔﹲ ﺟَﺪِﻳﺪَﺓﹲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﺪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻻ َﻧ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻓﹸﻪُ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ‪17 .‬ﹺﺇﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺤﻨَﺎ ِﻟَﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫُﻮَﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜ ﱡﻞ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ َﺟﺪِﻳﺪًﺍ‪َ 18 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱠ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺻَﺎﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ْ‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎ ُﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺘِﻴ ﹶﻘﺔﹸ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﻣ َ‬

‫ﺴﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺢ ُﻣﺼَﺎِﻟﺤًﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ َﻢ ِﻟَﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻯ ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ْﻋﻄﹶﺎﻧَﺎ ِﺧ ْﺪ َﻣ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﺼَﺎﻟﹶﺤَﺔِ‪19 ،‬ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﺴﻌَﻰ ﻛﹶﺴُﻔﹶﺮَﺍﺀَ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺔِ‪20 .‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ؛ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺿﻌًﺎ ﻓِﻴﻨَﺎ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﺼَﺎﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎﻫُﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺣَﺎ ِﺳ ﹴ‬

‫ﻑ َﺧ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹰ‪َ ،‬ﺧ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠﻨَﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫َﻳ ِﻌﻆﹸ ﹺﺑﻨَﺎ‪َ .‬ﻧ ﹾﻄﻠﹸﺐُ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪َ :‬ﺗﺼَﺎﹶﻟﺤُﻮﺍ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﷲِ‪َ 21 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﺟ َﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﻌ ﹺﺮ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻓِﻴﻪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹺﺑﺮﱠ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﲑ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺼَ‬ ‫ِﻟَﻨ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺘﺤﺼﺭﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺘﻐﻤﺭﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﺩﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺤﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﺠل‪ :‬ﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻤﻭﺕ ﻜﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻭ ﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﻤﻭﺘﻨﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺒﻘﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎ ﺒﺩﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻜل ﺃﻴﺎﻤﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪169‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :15‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻴـﺩﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤـﻭﺕ ﻋـﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﺭﻜﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻨﺸﻌﺭ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﻤﻠﻙ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎ ﺒﺩﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻟﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻨﻌﻴﺵ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻻ ﻨﻌﺭﻑ ﺃﺤﺩﺍ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺒﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻤﻤﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻴﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻨﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺠل ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺇﻤﺭﺃﺓ‪.....‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻜﺭﺠل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻨﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ‪ :‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺼﺭﻨﺎ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭﺍ ﻓﻴـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓـﻼ ﻨﻨﻅـﺭ ﻟﻶﺨـﺭﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻅﺭﻭﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺠﻨﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻭﺍﻫﻡ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻨﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟـﻴﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻜﺄﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻨﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺩ ﻋﺎﺵ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺁﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻨﺎل ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻨﻭﻟﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻻﺩﺓ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻨﺼﻴﺭ ﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺘﻤﻴل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺘﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺘﻤﻀﻰ ﻋﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻤﻴل ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜل ﺒﺎﷲ ﻭﺇﺭﻀﺎﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﻜل‬ ‫ﺤﻭﺍﺴﻨﺎ ﻭﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19-18‬ﺍﻟﻜل‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸـﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻫﻰ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺯﺍل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺯ ﺒﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺎ ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺘﺼﺎﻟﺤﻨﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻥ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﻔﺼﺎل ﻗﺩ ﺯﺍل ﻭﻫﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻨﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨـﺎﻭل‪ .‬ﻭﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻤﺤﺒﺘـﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﺸـﺭ ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻁﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﺒﺸﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺠﻴل‪.‬‬

‫‪170‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺭﻭﺤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻁﻘﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﺘﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭل ﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﺜﺒﺕ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﺒﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺴﻔﺭﺍﺀ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨـﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻅـﻭﻨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺩﻋﻭﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻭﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﻐﻴـﺭ ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻘﺒﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﻁﺌﻭﻥ ﻭﻴﺘﺼﺎﻟﺤﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺜﻡ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﺤﺩﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﻭﺍﻀﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻤﻊ ﺨﻠﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻀﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﺴﻌﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺏ ﻟﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺴﺊ ﺇﻟﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻷﺤﺭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺴﺄﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻜﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜـل‬

‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﺕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﻴﺦ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺜﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺤـﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴـﺎﻤﺢ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺎل ﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴُﻌﺒَﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﻤْﻠِﻪ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻌﻠﹶﻪ ﺒ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﻫﻭ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻭﻉ "ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﻜﻡ ﻴﺒﻜﺘﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ" )ﻴﻭ‪ ،(46 :8‬ﺃﻥ َ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻤﻠﻁﺨ ﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻷﺠل ﺤﺒﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺼﻠﻭﺏ ﻴﺭﺍﻩ ﻴﻌﺫﺏ ﻭﻴﻤﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻜﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺒﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺼﺭﻨﺎ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭﺍ ﻭﺃﻨﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺴﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻴﺭﺍﻨﺎ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺒﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺨﻼل ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪171‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻣﺤﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬إخالص بولس وتعبه فى الخدمة )ع ‪:( 10 - 1‬‬ ‫ﺖ َﻣ ﹾﻘﺒُﻮ ﹴﻝ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺑَﺎ ِﻃﻼﹰ‪َ 2 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪» :‬ﻓِﻰ َﻭ ﹾﻗ ٍ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﻋَﺎ ِﻣﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻧ ﹾﻄﻠﹸﺐُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ﹾﻘَﺒﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹶﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻌﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﻼﺹﹴ‪3 .‬ﻭَﻟﹶﺴْﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺹ ﹶﺃ َﻋﻨْﺘُﻚَ‪ «.‬ﻫُﻮَﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﻭَﻗﹾﺖٌ ﻣَﻘﹾﺒُﻮﻝﹲ‪ .‬ﻫُﻮَﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ َﻳ ْﻮﻡُ َﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹴ‬ ‫َﺳ ِﻤ ْﻌﺘُﻚَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﻓﻰ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ َﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺒ ﹴﺮ ﻛﹶﺜِﲑﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺨﺪﱠﺍ ﹺﻡ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ ﹶﻛ ُ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺪ َﻣﺔﹸ‪َ4 .‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ﻧُ ﹾﻈ ﹺﻬﺮُ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻔ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫َﻋ ﹾﺜ َﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻓِﻰ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ِﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ ﺗُ ﹶ‬

‫ﺿ ِﻄﺮَﺍﺑَﺎﺕٍ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃْﺗﻌَﺎﺏﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺿ َﺮﺑَﺎﺕٍ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ُﺳﺠُﻮﻥٍ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺿﺮُﻭﺭَﺍﺕٍ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺿِﻴﻘﹶﺎﺕٍ‪5 ،‬ﻓِﻰ َ‬ ‫َﺷﺪَﺍِﺋ َﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ َ‬

‫ﻼ ﹺﺭﻳَﺎﺀٍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ٍﺔ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ُﺪﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺻﻮَﺍﻡﹴ‪6 ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﹶﻃﻬَﺎ َﺭﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ِﻋ ﹾﻠﻢﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻟ ﹾﻄﻒٍ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﺳﻬَﺎﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺭﺩِﻯ ٍﺀ َﻭﺻِﻴ ٍ‬ ‫ﺠ ٍﺪ ﻭَﻫَﻮَﺍﻥٍ‪ .‬ﹺﺑﺼِﻴ ٍ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ ِﻟ ﹾﻠَﻴ ِﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﹶ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺑ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱢ‪ِ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﻗﹸﻮﱠ ِﺓ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫‪7‬ﻓِﻰ ﹶﻛ ﹶ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻭِﻟ ﹾﻠَﻴﺴَﺎﺭﹺ‪8 .‬ﹺﺑ َﻤ ْ‬

‫ﲔ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ‪ .‬ﹶﻛﻤُ َﺆﺩﱠﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻭﻫَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ َﻣ ْﻌﺮُﻭﻓﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ .‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎِﺋِﺘ َ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺠﻬُﻮِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺻَﺎ ِﺩﻗﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ 9 .‬ﹶﻛ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻀﻠﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻦﹴ‪ .‬ﹶﻛﻤُ ِ‬ ‫َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ُﻧ ْﻐﻨﹺﻰ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑﹺﻳﻦَ‪ .‬ﹶﻛﹶﺄ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ َﺷ ْﻰ َﺀ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺩَﺍِﺋﻤًﺎ ﹶﻓ ﹺﺮﺣُﻮﻥﹶ‪ .‬ﹶﻛ ﹸﻔ ﹶﻘﺮَﺍ َﺀ َﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﺰَﺍﻧَﻰ َﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﻏ ْﻴﺮُ َﻣ ﹾﻘﺘُﻮِﻟﲔَ‪ 10 .‬ﹶﻛ َ‬ ‫َﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ َﻧ ْﻤ ِﻠﻚُ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺷ ْﻰﺀٍ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ع‪:1‬ﻨﺎل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻊ ﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ‬

‫ﺸﺭﻑ ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺩﻓﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺠﺩﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﺍ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺒﺎﻁﻼ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺭﺠﻌﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﻜﺎﺴﻠﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﻴﻨﺒﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻟﻘﺒﻭل ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺠﻴل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ ﺒﻜـﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﺸﻌﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ )ﺇﺵ‪ (8 :49‬ﻟﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﺒﻭل ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺒﻌﻤـل‬ ‫ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪172‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﻓﻰ ﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺤﺭﻴﺼﺎ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻤﺴﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺨﻁﺄ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﺸﻜﻙ ﺒﺴـﺒﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺒﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺩﻗﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺘﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻨﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺘﺠﺫﺏ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﺜل ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺃﻜل ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻡ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﺜﺭ‬ ‫ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ )‪1‬ﻜﻭ‪.(13 :8‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5-4‬ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻭﺭﻓﻘﺎﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻴﻜﺴﺒﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻜل ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻴل ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﺴﻌﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻯ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻭﻫﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺸﺩﺍﺌﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻻﻡ ﻴﺼﻌﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻷﻜل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺁﻻﻡ ﺘﺤﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺭﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺜﻡ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎ ﻭﻫﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻀﺭﺒﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻀﺭﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺨﻤﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﻤـﺎﻥ )ﺹ‪:11‬‬ ‫‪.(25 ،24‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺴﺠﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻘﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ )ﺃﻉ‪ (23 :16‬ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺸـﻠﻴﻡ‬ ‫)ﺃﻉ‪ (24 :22‬ﻭﺭﻭﻤﺎ )ﺃﻉ‪.(16 :28‬‬ ‫ﺍﻀـﻁﺭﺍﺒﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻬﻴﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﻀﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻁﺎﻜﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﺴﻴﺩﻴﺔ )ﺃﻉ‪ (50 :13‬ﻭﻟﺴﺘﺭﻩ )ﺃﻉ‪ (19 :14‬ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ )ﺃﻉ ‪(30 :21‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻴﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻴﻘﺒل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻫﺩ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ ﻭﻫﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺘﺸﻤل ﻜل ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺴﻬﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻭﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺼﻭﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺩﺨل ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻫﺩ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﺼﻭﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺼﻭﺍﻡ ﻓﺭﺩﻴﺔ ﻴﻀﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻫﺩ ﻟﻸﺼﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪173‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪:7-6‬ﻴﻜﻤل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺇﺨﻼﺼﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﺎﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒـل‬ ‫ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﺩﺜﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺴﻌﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻁﻬﺎﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻨﺎﺓ‪ :‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻁﻴل ﺃﻨﺎﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻷﺠـل‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻁﻑ‪ :‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺤﻨﺎﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪ :‬ﻴﺴﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺒﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﻭﻓﻀﺎﺌل ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺒﻼ ﺭﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺒﻼ ﺃﻯ ﻏﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻠﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻜﻼﻤﻨﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﺎﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺴﻼﺡ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻯ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10-8‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﷲ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺴﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻑ ﻫﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺒﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﻫﻭﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻨﺎل ﻤﺠﺩﺍ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻫـﺎﻨﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻘﺭﻭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺼﻴﺕ ﺭﺩﺉ ﻭﺼﻴﺕ ﺤﺴﻥ‪ :‬ﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻤﺩﺤﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜـﺱ‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺍﻨﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﺇﺸﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﻀﻠﻴﻥ ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻴﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﺘﻬﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﻼل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﺭﻏﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻜﻼﻤﻬﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪174‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻜﻤﺠﻬﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻗﺩ ﻴﻬﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻭﻨﻨﺎ ﺴﻔﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻔﻘﺩ ﻜل ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻭﻤﻜﺎﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﺜﻕ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﻜﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎﺌﺘﻴﻥ ﻭﻫﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﺤﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻨﻘﺫﻫﻡ ﻓﻴﺤﻴﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﻭﺍﺼﻠﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺅﺩﺒﻴﻥ ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺘـﻭﻟﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺁﻻﻤﹰﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻜﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺤﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻨﻘﺫﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﻴﺸﻔﻴﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﺤﺯﺍﻨﻰ ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻓﺭﺤﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ‪ ،‬ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﺍﻟﺤﺯﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﺭﺡ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻨﻘﺫﻫﻡ ﻭﻴﺸﻌﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻤﺘﻌﻬﻡ ﺒﺘﻌﺯﻴﺎﺕ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻴُﻌﺒَﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﻐﻨﻰ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻓﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﻭﻓﻘﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻔﻴﻀﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﺄﻥ ﻻ ﺸﺊ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﻤﻠﻙ ﻜل ﺸﺊ‪ :‬ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻜﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻤﺘﻠﻜﻭﻥ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻟﻜل ﺸﺊ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﻤﻠﻜﻭﻥ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺸﺒﻌﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻨﺯﻋﺞ ﺇﻥ ﺤﻠﺕ ﺒﻙ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻫﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻭ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﺕ ﻹﺴﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﻰ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻭﺍﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﺒﻠﺠﺎﺠﺔ ﻓﺘﺨﺘﺒﺭﻩ ﻭﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﻤﻌﻙ ﻭﻴﻔﺭﺡ‬

‫ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻓﻼ ﺘﻬﺘﺯ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺁﻻﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬محبة وتسامح بولس مع أھل كورنثوس )ع ‪:( 13-11‬‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﻀﻴﱢ ِﻘ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻴﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻣَُﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻀﻴﱢ ِﻘ َ‬ ‫ﺴُﺘ ْﻢ ﻣَُﺘ َ‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﹶﻓ ُﻤﻨَﺎ ﻣَﻔﹾﺘُﻮﺡٌ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹸﻮ ﹺﺭْﻧِﺜﻴﱡﻮﻥﹶ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒُﻨَﺎ ﻣُﺘﱠﺴِﻊٌ‪12 .‬ﹶﻟ ْ‬

‫ﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻷ ْﻭ ﹶﻻﺩِﻯ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣُﺘﱠ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﺰَﺍ ًﺀ ِﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﺣﺸَﺎِﺋ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ 13 .‬ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻓﻤﻨﺎ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ‪ :‬ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻭﻋﻅﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺒﻨﺎ ﻤﺘﺴﻊ‪ :‬ﻤﻤﻠﻭﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻤﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺒﻭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪175‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺈﺴﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻴﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺒﻌﻭﺍ ﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻭﻀﺎﻴﻘﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻴﻌﻅﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺤﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺘﺴﺎﻤﺤ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺌﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻟﺴﺘﻡ ﻤﺘﻀﻴﻘﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻨﺎ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺏ ﻟﻜﻡ ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﻀﺎﻴﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺴﺎﺀﺍﺘﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺘﻀﻴﻘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺤﺸﺎﺌﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﻨﺸﺄﺘﻡ ﻀﻴﻘ ﹰﺎ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻜﻡ ﺒﺘﺤﺯﺒﻜﻡ ﻀﺩﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺘﺒـﺎﻋﻜﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻤـﻴﻥ ﻜﺫﺒـﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺴﺎﺀﺘﻜﻡ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻷﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻭﻴﻁﻤﺌﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻨﺤﻭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻓﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ :‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺘﻰ ﻨﺤﻭﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻯ‪ :‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺒﻬﻡ ﻜﺄﺏ ﺇﺫ ﻭﻟﺩﻫﻡ ﻜﺄﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻜﺭﺍﺯﺘﻪ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻨﺤﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﺒﻭﻩ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺤـﺒﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﺃﺒﻭﻫﻡ ﻭﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺊ ﺇﻟﻴﻙ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﺸﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻀﻌﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻬـﺫﺍ ﻴﺼـﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺸـﺭ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺍ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﻀﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻙ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ‪ .‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﺤﺘﻔﻅ ﺒﻘﻠﺒﻙ ﻤﻤﻠﻭﺀ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻨﺤـﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜل ﻤﺜل ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺜﻕ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻙ ﻭﻴﺴﻨﺩﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬عدم االختالط باألشرار )ع ‪ - 18-14‬ص‪:(1 :7‬‬ ‫ﲑ َﻣ َﻊ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﺆْﻣِﻨﹺﲔَ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺔﹸ ِﺧ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻄ ٍﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﹺﺒﺮﱢ ﻭَﺍﻹِﺛﹾﻢﹺ؟ َﻭﹶﺃﻳﱠﺔﹸ َﺷ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻛ ٍﺔ ﻟِﻠﻨﱡﻮ ﹺﺭ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹺﻧ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫‪ 14‬ﹶﻻ َﺗﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻟﻠﹾﻤُﺆْ ِﻣ ﹺﻦ َﻣ َﻊ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﺆْﻣِﻦﹺ؟ ‪َ 16‬ﻭﹶﺃﻳﱠﺔﹸ ُﻣﻮَﺍ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻣ َﻊ َﺑﻠِﻴﻌَﺎﻝﹶ؟ َﻭﹶﺃﻯﱡ َﻧﺼِﻴ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻕ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻠﹾﻤَﺔِ؟ ‪َ 15‬ﻭﹶﺃﻯﱡ ﺍﺗﱢﻔﹶﺎ ﹴ‬

‫ﺤﻰﱢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﷲُ‪» :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻰ َﺳﹶﺄ ْﺳﻜﹸ ُﻦ ﻓِﻴ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ َﻭﹶﺃ ِﺳﲑُ َﺑ ْﻴَﻨ ُﻬﻢْ‪،‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻭﺛﹶﺎﻥِ؟ ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ َﻫ ْﻴ ﹶﻜﻞﹸ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ِﻟ َﻬ ْﻴ ﹶﻜ ﹺﻞ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﻚ ﺍ ْﺧ ُﺮﺟُﻮﺍ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻭ َﺳ ِﻄ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﻭَﺍ ْﻋَﺘ ﹺﺰﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ‪َ .‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ‬ ‫َﻭﹶﺃﻛﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻬًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻳﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻟِﻰ َﺷ ْﻌﺒًﺎ‪ِ17 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬

‫ﺕ« َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹶﺎ ِﺩﺭُ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻭَﺑﻨَﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺠﺴًﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹾﺒَﻠﹶﻜﹸﻢْ‪َ 18 ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻛﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﺑًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ َﺗﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻟِﻰ َﺑﹺﻨ َ‬ ‫َﺗ َﻤﺴﱡﻮﺍ َﻧ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰﺀٍ‪.‬‬

‫‪176‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﲔ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﻭَﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭﺡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻣُ ﹶﻜﻤﱢ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺹ‪ 1: 7‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻮَﺍﻋِﻴﺪُ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ َﻷ ِﺣﺒﱠﺎ ُﺀ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﻨُ ﹶﻄﻬﱢ ْﺮ ﹶﺫﻭَﺍِﺗﻨَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺩَﻧ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﷲِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﺪَﺍ َﺳ ﹶﺔ ﻓِﻰ َﺧ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﻨﻴﺭ‪ :‬ﺨﺸﺒﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻗﺒﺘﻰ ﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺭﺒﻁ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﺼل‬ ‫ﺒﻤﻨﺘﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﺨﺸﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺭﺍﺙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺘﻘﻀﻰ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻷﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺴﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﺎﻥ ﺠﺭ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﺘﺯﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻼﻁ ﺒﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻭﻻﺌﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻯ ﺍﺤﺘﻔﺎﻻﺕ ﻻ ﺘﻠﻴﻕ ﺒﺄﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺸﺎﺭﻜﻭﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻌﻠل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻷﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻅﻠﻤﺔ ﻷﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻤﺘﻀﺎﺩﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻭﺘﺸﺘﺭﻙ‬ ‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺭﻭﺭﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺒﻠﻴﻌﺎل‪ :‬ﺍﺴﻡ ﻋﺒﺭﻯ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ "ﺸﺭﻴﺭ" ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻤﻊ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻹﺘﻔﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﺎﺌﺩ ﻜل ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻨﺼﻴﺏ ﻭﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﻜل ﻓﺭﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻡ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻀﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻠﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻴﺩﻟل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺜﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﺄﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻫﻡ ﻫﻴﻜل ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺹ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺹ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺜـﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻯ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺘﻪ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﻫﻴﻜﻼ ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪177‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻭﺃﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺒﺂﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻡ ﻫﻴﺎﻜل ﻟﻪ ﻴﺴـﻜﻥ ﻓـﻴﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺴﻴﺭ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ )‪1‬ﻜﻭ‪ (16 :3‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻟﻬﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﺒﺩﻭﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺘﺨﺫﻫﻡ ﺸﻌﺒﺎ ﺨﺎﺼﺎ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل ﻓﻰ )ﺃﺭ‪.(33 :31‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻴﺴﺘﻨﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺸﻌﻴﺎﺀ )ﺇﺵ‪ ،(11 :52‬ﻓﻴـﺩﻋﻭ ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺒﺎﻻﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺭﻓﺽ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺠﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺠﺎﻟﺴـﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻭﺀﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ؛ ﺤﻴﻨﺌﺫ ﻴﻘﺒﻠﻬﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻜﺒﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﻴﺴﺘﻌﻴﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ )‪2‬ﺼﻡ ‪ (14 :7‬ﻟﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻔﺼﻠﻭﻥ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻴﻬﺒﻬﻡ ﺃﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﻴﻌﺘﻨﻰ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻜﺄﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺏ ﻟﻜل ﺃﺤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻜﻥ ﺤﺭﻴﺼﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻔـﺎﻅ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻨﻘﺎﻭﺘـﻙ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻻﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻘﺎﺒل ﺃﻫل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻬﻡ ﺤﺴﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴـﺎﺓ‬

‫ﻭﺘﺤﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﺤﺭﺹ ﺃﻻ ﺘﺩﺨل ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻠﺒـﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻴـﺎ ﺒﻜـﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:1‬ﻷﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺄﺒﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻭﻋﻭﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﻋﺎﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺘﺠﺎﻭﺏ ﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ ﻟﻨﻘﻁﻊ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﻨﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺨﺎﻑ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻨﺴﻌﻰ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻭﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل‪.‬‬

‫‪178‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سا ِب ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫سابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻄﺲ ﻳﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬أخبار أھل كورنثوس تعزى بولس )ع ‪:(7 - 2‬‬ ‫ﺴ ْﺪ ﹶﺃ َﺣﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻧ ﹾﻄ َﻤ ْﻊ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ َﺣﺪٍ‪ 3 .‬ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺩَﻳْﻨُﻮﻧَﺔٍ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ‬ ‫‪ِ2‬ﺍ ﹾﻗَﺒﻠﹸﻮﻧَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻧ ﹾﻈ ِﻠ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﺣَﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﲑ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹲﺓ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻰ ﺍﻓﹾﺘِﺨَﺎﺭٌ ﹶﻛِﺜ ٌ‬ ‫ﺶ َﻣ َﻌﻜﹸﻢْ‪4 .‬ﻟِﻰ ِﺛ ﹶﻘ ﹲﺔ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻣ َﻌﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﻭَﻧﻌِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺳَﺎﹺﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﹺﺇﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮﹺﺑﻨَﺎ ِﻟَﻨﻤُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹸﻗ ﹾﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹺﺰَﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻭَﺍ ْﺯ َﺩ ْﺩ ُ‬ ‫ﻸ ُ‬ ‫ﹺﺟ َﻬِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺍ ْﻣَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻓ َﺮﺣًﺎ ﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻓِﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺿِﻴﻘﹶﺎِﺗﻨَﺎ‪5 .‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ ﹶﺃَﺗ ْﻴﻨَﺎ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻣ ِﻜﺪُﻭﹺﻧﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶـ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺝ ﺧُﺼُـﻮﻣَﺎﺕٌ‪ ،‬ﻣِـ ْﻦ ﺩَﺍﺧِـ ﹴﻞ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰﺀٍ‪ِ .‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﺧَﺎ ﹺﺭ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪﻧَﺎ ﺷَﻰْﺀٌ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍﺣَﺔِ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ ﻣُﻜﹾَﺘِﺌﹺﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫َﻳ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑَـ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًـﺎ‬ ‫ﺠﻴِﺌ ِﻪ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹺﺑ َﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﲔ‪َ ،‬ﻋﺰﱠﺍﻧَﺎ ﹺﺑ َﻤﺠﹺﻰ ِﺀ ﺗِﻴﻄﹸﺲَ‪َ 7 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻳُ َﻌﺰﱢﻯ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﺘﱠ ِ‬ ‫ﻣَﺨَﺎﻭﹺﻑُ‪6 .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒﹺﺒﻜﹸﻢْ َﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﻳُﺨْﺒﹺﺮُﻧَﺎ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌ ﹺﺰَﻳ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ َﺗ َﻌﺰﱠﻯ ﹺﺑﻬَﺎ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺸﻮْ ِﻗﻜﹸﻢْ َﻭَﻧﻮْ ِﺣﻜﹸﻢْ َﻭ ﹶﻏﻴْ َﺮِﺗﻜﹸﻢْ َﻷ ْﺟﻠِﻰ‪َ ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺇﹺﻧﱢـﻰ ﻓﹶﺮﹺﺣْـﺖُ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜﺮَ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﺇﻗﺒﻠﻭﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻜﺭﺴل ﻭﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻗﺒﻠﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻯ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻡ ﻨﻅﻠﻡ‪ :‬ﻟﻡ ﻨﺘﺴﺭﻉ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﺍﺘﻬﻤـﻭﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺴـﺭﻉ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺯﻨﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺃﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻁﻌﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻡ ﻨﻔﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﻟﻡ ﻨﻌﺜﺭ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺒﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺒﻌﺩﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻡ ﻨﻁﻤﻊ‪ :‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻏﺭﺽ ﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﺃﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﺤـﺩ ﻤﺜـل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤـﻴﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﻩ ﻟﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﺍ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻋﺎﻤﻠﻬﻡ ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺤﺒﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﺭﺽ ﺸﺨﺼﻰ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺜﺭ ﺃﺤﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﻟﻘﺒﻭل ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻭﺍﻫﻬﻡ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺴﻴﺌﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺴﺘﻐﻠﻭﻨﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻓـﻰ‬

‫ﺘﺒﺭﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺇﺩﺍﻨﻪ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﺸﻜﻙ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﻘﺒﻠـﻭﺍ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤـﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻋﻤﻕ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﻟﻔﺭﺤﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺤﺯﻥ ﻟﺤﺯﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪179‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻟﻨﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺘﻡ ﺘﺘﺄﻟﻤﻭﻥ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺘﻘﺘﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﺯﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻨﻜﺎﺩ ﻨﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﻌﻴﺵ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻔﺭﺤﻭﻥ ﻭﺘﺤﻴﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻨﺘﺤﻤﺱ ﻭﻨﻔﺭﺡ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻴﺩﻟل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﺼﺩﻩ ﺇﺩﺍﻨﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺜﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻴل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻠﻭﻤﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻤﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺴﻤﻊ ﺒﺄﺨﺒﺎﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﻌﺯﻯ ﺠﺩﺍ ﻭﻓﺭﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:5‬ﺃﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻤﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻀـﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬ ‫ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺨﺼﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻗﻠﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁـﺔ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﺒﺴـﺒﺏ ﺘﺸـﻜﻴﻜﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﻴﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺤﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻌﻴﻥ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﺘﺫﻟﻠﺔ ﻜﻤـﺎ ﻓﻌـل‬ ‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺠﻌﻬﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺠﺎﺀ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻷﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻗـﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺴﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻟﻴﻁﻤﺌﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺸﺠﻌﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻓﺭﺡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻤﺸﺎﻫﺩﻩ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻌﺯﻯ ﻓﻰ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻭﺘﺸﻤل‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺸﻭﻗﻬﻡ‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻨﻭﺤﻬﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﺒﻜﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻏﻴﺭﺘﻬﻡ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻜﺄﺴﻘﻑ ﻤﺴﺌﻭل‪.‬‬

‫‪180‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سا ِب ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺁﻻﻤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﺩﻡ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻁﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﺸﺠﻌﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺨﻔﻑ ﺁﻻﻤﻪ ﻭﺘﺴﻨﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺜﻕ ﺃﻨﻙ‬

‫ﺴﺘﺘﻌﺯﻯ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻭﺘﻔﺭﺡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻔﻌل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬فرح بولس بتوبة الكورنثيين )ع ‪:( 16-8‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺳَﺎﹶﻟ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃْﻧ َﺪﻡُ‪َ ،‬ﻣ َﻊ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ َﻧ ِﺪ ْﻣﺖُ‪ .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﺭَﻯ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ِﺗ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﺃ ْﺣ َﺰْﻧُﺘ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱢﺳَﺎﹶﻟ ِﺔ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫‪َ 8‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﺣ َﺰَﻧ ْﺘ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭﹶﻟ ْﻮ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺳَﺎ َﻋﺔٍ‪9 .‬ﺍﹶﻵ ﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﺮﺡُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﻷﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺣَﺰﹺﻧْﺘُﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﻷﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺣ ﹺﺰْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﻮَﺑﺔِ‪َ .‬ﻷﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺣ ﹺﺰْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺸﺊﹸ َﺗ ْﻮَﺑ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻣﺸِﻴﹶﺌ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺤ ْﺰ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺴﱠﺮُﻭﺍ ِﻣﻨﱠﺎ ﻓِﻰ َﺷ ْﻰﺀٍ‪َ 10 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﷲ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﹶﻻ َﺗَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻣﺸِﻴﹶﺌ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳُ ْﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻣﺸِﻴﹶﺌ ِﺔ ﺍﷲِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺸﺊﹸ ﻣَﻮْﺗًﺎ‪ 11 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ‪ُ ،‬ﻫ َﻮﺫﹶﺍ ُﺣ ْﺰُﻧ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ َﻋ ْﻴﻨُﻪُ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻧَﺪَﺍﻣَﺔٍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ُﺣ ْﺰ ﹸﻥ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ﹺﻢ ﹶﻓﻴُ ْﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﺹ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻮﻑِ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻮﻕﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺸﹶﺄ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِﻻ ْﺟِﺘﻬَﺎﺩِ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِﻻ ْﺣِﺘﺠَﺎﺝﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﹾﻐَﻴْﻆِ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻛ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻐ ْﻴ َﺮﺓِ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِﻻْﻧِﺘﻘﹶﺎﻡﹺ‪ .‬ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻇ َﻬ ْﺮُﺗ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ َ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺴﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﺑ ﹺﺮﻳَﺎ ُﺀ ﻓِﻰ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﺮﹺ‪12 .‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ؛ َﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍ ْﺟِﺘﻬَﺎ ُﺩﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴْﻪِ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳ ﹾﻈ َﻬ َﺮ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ﹾﺬَﻧ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ﹾﺬﹺﻧ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﻛَﺘ ْﺒﺖُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺗِﻴﻄﹸﺲَ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺭُﻭ َﺣ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻓ َﺮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ِ 13 .‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺗ َﻌﺰﱠْﻳﻨَﺎ ﹺﺑَﺘ ْﻌ ﹺﺰَﻳِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﻓﹶﺮﹺﺣْﻨَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺍ ْﺳَﺘﺮَﺍ َﺣ ْ‬ ‫ﺠﻞﹾ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻛﹶﻤَﺎ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺮﺕُ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﹶﻟ َﺪْﻳ ِﻪ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﹸﺃ ْﺧ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ ﹾﻓَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺟﻤِﻴﻌًﺎ‪ 14 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ﺻَﺎﺩِﻗﹰﺎ‪َ 15 .‬ﻭﹶﺃ ْﺣﺸَﺎ ُﺅ ُﻩ ِﻫ َﻰ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍ ﹾﻓِﺘﺨَﺎ ُﺭﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﻟﺪَﻯ ﺗِﻴﻄﹸ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻛﻠﱠ ْﻤﻨَﺎ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺼﱢ ْﺪﻕﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻑ َﻭ َِﺭ ْﻋ َﺪﺓٍ‪16 .‬ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﺮﺡُ ﹺﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃِﺛﻖُ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﻒ ﹶﻗﹺﺒ ﹾﻠُﺘﻤُﻮ ُﻩ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺤ َﻮ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺰﱢﻳَﺎ َﺩﺓِ‪ ،‬ﻣَُﺘ ﹶﺬﻛﱢﺮًﺍ ﻃﹶﺎ َﻋ ﹶﺔ َﺟﻤِﻴ ِﻌ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰﺀٍ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻭﺒﻴﺨﻪ ﻷﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺒﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺫﻜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﺤﺯﻨﻪ ﻭﺤﺭﻙ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭﻫﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭل ﺃﻭ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺃﺤﺯﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﺅﻗﺘﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻭل "ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﺎﻋﺔ"‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺯﻥ ﻴﺅﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭﻩ ﻜﺄﺏ ﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﺘﺄﺜﺭﺕ ﻭﻨﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺃﺤﺯﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻨﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬

‫‪181‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻫﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﺒﻭﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻜﺄﺏ ﻴﺘﺄﻟﻡ ﻷﺠل ﺤﺯﻨﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺭﻗﺔ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺃﺒﻭﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻻ ﺘﺘﺨﺴﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺊ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﺴﺭﻭﺍ ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻨﺎ ﺒل ﺘﻘﺘﻨﻭﺍ ﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺤﺯﻥ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻷﻥ ﺤﺯﻨﻬﻡ ﺘﺤـﻭل ﺇﻟـﻰ‬ ‫ﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺯﻥ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺯﻥ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺨﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺒﺤﺯﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﻭﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺨﺴﺭﻭﺍ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﻏﻔﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺒﺭﻜﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺯﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺸـﺊ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻟﻠﺒﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺜﻘﺔ ﺒﻐﻔﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻴﻨﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺯﻨﻪ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺴﺒﻴل ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺽ‪ ،‬ﻨﺠﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤـﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻘﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺃﺠﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻤـﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺃﺒﺩﻯ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺩﻓﻌﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺼﻭﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺤﺘﺠﺎﺝ‪ :‬ﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻨﻰ ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻟﻴﻘﻠﻌﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺤﻴﻭﺍ ﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻅ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺒﻌﺩﻫﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻭﻑ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﺤﻴﻭﺍ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻭﻕ‪ :‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻜﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﻘﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻨﻰ ﺒﻘﻁﻌﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻭﺏ ﻭﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺤﺘـﻰ ﺘﻅـل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻨﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺒﺘﻭﺒﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻠﻨﻭﺍ ﺨﻀﻭﻋﻬﻡ ﷲ ﻓﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﻏﻔﺭﺍﻨﻪ ﻭﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪182‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سا ِب ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﺍﻟﻤ ِﺫﻨﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻨﻰ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺃﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻨﹶﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺯﻨﻰ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻤﺎ ﺯﺍل ﺤﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩﻨﺎ ﻷﺠﻠﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﻴﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﻏﻀﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﺤﺭﻜﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻨـﻰ‬ ‫ﻀﻴﻕ ﺸﺨﺼﻰ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺸﻔﺎﻕ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺯﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺏ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺭﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻭ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻭﺭﺍﺤﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺘﺠـﺕ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﻭﺒﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﺭﺡ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﻭﺼﺩﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺜﻕ ﻓﻴـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨـﻪ ﺸـﺎﻫﺩ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﺘﻭﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻜﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﻤﺄﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻔـﺭﺡ ﺃﻜﺜـﺭ ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﺸﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﻜﻜﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒـﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺴﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺏ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻜﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﺘﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﻤﺩﺡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻷﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺭﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻁﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘـﺭﺤﻴﺒﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻬﺎﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻴﻠﺨﺹ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭﻩ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻷﺠل ﺜﻘﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺘﻭﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻁﺎﻋﺘﻬﻡ ﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻭﻗﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻗﺒل ﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻭﺒﻴﺦ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺃﺏ ﺍﻋﺘﺭﺍﻓﻙ ﻭﻤﺭﺸﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻫـﻭ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﺀﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺨﻠﺼﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪183‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺟﻴﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬سخاء عطايا المكدونيين )ع ‪:( 6 - 1‬‬ ‫ﺲ َﻣ ِﻜﺪُﻭﹺﻧﻴﱠﺔﹶ‪2 ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍﺧْﺘِﺒَﺎﺭﹺ ﺿِﻴ ﹶﻘ ٍﺔ َﺷﺪِﻳ َﺪ ٍﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﻌﻄﹶﺎ ﹶﺓ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﻛﻨَﺎِﺋ ﹺ‬ ‫‪1‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﻧُ َﻌﺮﱢﻓﹸﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹶﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎﻗﹶﺔِ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃﺷْـ َﻬﺪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓﹶـ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺽ ُﻭﻓﹸﻮ ُﺭ ﹶﻓ َﺮ ِﺣ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ َﻭ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻘ ﹺﺮ ِﻫ ﹺﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﻤِﻴ ﹺﻖ ِﻟ ِﻐﻨَﻰ ﺳَﺨَﺎﺋِﻬﹺﻢْ‪َ 3 ،‬ﻷﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻄﻮْﺍ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺪﻣَـ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِـﻰ‬ ‫ﲑﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧ ﹾﻘَﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌﻤَـ ﹶﺔ َﻭﺷَـ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻣِﻨﱠﺎ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ ِﻄ ﹾﻠَﺒ ٍﺔ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪4 ،‬ﻣُﻠﹾَﺘ ِﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎﻗﹶﺔِ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ ِﺗ ﹾﻠﻘﹶﺎ ِﺀ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻔ ِ‬ ‫ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻬُ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ ﻟِﻠﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ َﻤﺸِﻴﹶﺌ ِﺔ ﺍﷲِ‪6 .‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹺﺇﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻃ ﹶﻠ ْﺒﻨَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﺭ َﺟ ْﻮﻧَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻄﻮْﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ َ‬ ‫ﺴﲔَ‪َ 5 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻳَُﺘﻤﱢﻢُ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹶﺔ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﺳَﺒ َﻖ ﻓﹶﺎْﺑَﺘ َﺪﺃﹶ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺗِﻴﻄﹸ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﻰ ﺸﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﻭﺘﺴﺎﻟﻭﻨﻴﻜﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺴل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻗﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬ ‫ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻴﺸﺠﻌﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺒﺫﻜﺭ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﺘﻤﻴﺯﺕ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺃﻫل ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺒﺎﻷﺤﺭﻯ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻴﻌـﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻌﻭﻥ ﺒﻔﺭﺡ ﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻭﻜﺜﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻁﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﺯﻫﻡ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻤﺎ ﻫـﻭ‬ ‫ﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻷﺠل ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:3‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺘﻴﻥ ﻫﺎﻤﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻋﻁﻭﺍ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻁﺎﻗﺘﻬﻡ ﺇﺫ ﻫﻡ ﻓﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻁﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﺯﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺄﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﺡ ﻤﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻜـﺱ ﻤـﺎ ﺤـﺩﺙ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻤﻴﺯﻭﺍ ﺒﺈﺤﺴﺎﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻫﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪184‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺘﻴﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺇﻟﺤﺎﺤﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺒل ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻤﻨﻌﻬﻡ ﻓﻘﺭﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺘﻀﺎﻋﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﻤﺴﻭﻥ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺭﻓﺽ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺘﻌﻭﺍ ﺒﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﻤﻊ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻬﻡ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﺘﺒﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻜﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻘﻭﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻫﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩﻫﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻭﺍ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬ ‫ﻑ ﺒﺸﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻀﻰ ﻭﺇﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺜﺎل ﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﻜﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺒﺫل ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻷﺠل ﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻌﻁﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺴﺘﺤﺴﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻴﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻗﺩ ﻜﻠﻤﻬﻡ ﻋﻨﻬـﺎ ﻋﻨـﺩﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺯﺍﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺠﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻯ ﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻔﺴﻴﺎ ﺒﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﺭﻴﺽ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺸﺨﺹ ﻴﻌﺎﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺘﺎﻋﺏ ﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻟﻙ ﻷﻨﻙ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ‬ ‫ﺠﺩﺍ ﺒﻌﻁﺎﺌﻙ ﻭﻴﻜﺎﻓﺌﻙ ﺒﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬تشجيع الكورنثيين على العطاء )ع ‪:( 15-7‬‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ﹺﻢ َﻭ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺍ ْﺟِﺘﻬَﺎ ٍﺩ َﻭ َﻣ َ‬ ‫‪7‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﺗ ْﺰﺩَﺍﺩُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺷَﻰﺀٍ‪ :‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺨَﺘﹺﺒﺮًﺍ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﺳﺒﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻷَﻣْﺮﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﺑﹺﺎ ْﺟِﺘﻬَﺎ ِﺩ ﺁ َﺧﺮﹺﻳﻦَ‪ ،‬ﻣُ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻴَﺘ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺗ ْﺰﺩَﺍﺩُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪8 .‬ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ِﻠﻜﹸﻢُ‪ ،‬ﺍ ﹾﻓَﺘ ﹶﻘ َﺮ َﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﻏﻨﹺﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ 9 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻓﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹶﺔ َﺭﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺹ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺇ ْﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ْﻐﻨُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻔ ﹾﻘ ﹺﺮﻩِ‪10 .‬ﹸﺃ ْﻋﻄِﻰ َﺭﹾﺃﻳًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ َﻳ ْﻨ ﹶﻔﻌُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻧﺘُﻢُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺳَﺒ ﹾﻘُﺘ ْﻢ ﻓﹶﺎْﺑَﺘ َﺪﹾﺃُﺗ ْﻢ ُﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﺬ‬ ‫ﻂ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗُ ﹺﺮﻳﺪُﻭﺍ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪َ 11 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﺗَﻤﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ َﻤ ﹶﻞ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹺﺇﻧﱠﻪُ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ﹾﻔ َﻌﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﹾﻤَﺎﺿِﻰ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬

‫‪185‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻁ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ 12 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺸَﺎ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﺘﻤِﻴ ُﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻺﺭَﺍ َﺩﺓِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻁ ِﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺸَﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻟﻪُ‪ 13 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻺْﻧﺴَﺎﻥِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻣَﺎ ِﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻣَﻮْﺟُﻮﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ ﻣَﻘﹾﺒُﻮﻝﹲ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹸﻓﻀَﺎﹶﻟﺘُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ِﻹ ْﻋﻮَﺍ ﹺﺯ ِﻫﻢْ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُﺴَﺎﻭَﺍﺓِ‪ِ .‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ﹾﻗ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﻟِﻶ َﺧﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ﺭَﺍﺣَﺔﹲ َﻭﹶﻟﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﺿِﻴﻖٌ‪َ14 ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺼُ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُﺴَﺎﻭَﺍﺓﹸ‪ 15 .‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺟ َﻤ َﻊ ﻛﹶﺜِﲑًﺍ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹸﻓﻀَﺎﹶﻟﺘُﻬُﻢْ ِﻹ ْﻋﻮَﺍ ﹺﺯ ﹸﻛﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺼَ‬ ‫ﹶﻛ ْﻰ َﺗ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ ْﻨ ِﻘﺺْ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻀﻞﹾ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺟ َﻤ َﻊ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ُﻳ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻴﻤﺩﺡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻁﻰ ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﻻﻜﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻜﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻰ ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺜﻡ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺭﻗﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻬﺘﻤﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺃﻯ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺤﺴﺎﺱ ﺒـﺎﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻴﺱ ﻤﺠـﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺇﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﻴﺼﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻭﺠﻪ ﺃﻨﻅﺎﺭﻫﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻫل ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻁـﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺜﻡ ﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺇﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻭﺍ ﻫﻡ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻭﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﺎ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ ﻷﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺸـﺠﻴﻌﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﻁـﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﺒﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﻭﻟﺩ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﺤﻘﺭ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻭﺩ ﻭﻋﺎﺵ ﻓﻰ ﻓﻘﺭ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻔﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﺸﺒﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﻐﻨﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﻌﻁﺎﺌﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻋﻁﺎﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﻘﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺘﺴﺒﺤﺔ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺭﻨﺎ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺭﺜـﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﺭﺍﺤﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻨﻬﺘﻡ ﻭﻨﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺘﻨﺎﺯل‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺸﺊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﻓﻨﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻨﻌﻁﻰ ﻭﻟﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪186‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻴﻘﻭﻯ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﺴﻘﻁﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻀﻌﻔﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜـﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻴﺸﺩﺩﻫﻡ ﻭﻴﺸﻔﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻘﻴﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻭﺍﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪ :‬ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﺃﻯ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺸﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻤﺘﺩﺡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﻜﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻹﺨﻭﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘـﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﻭﻥ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺘﺤﺭﻜﻭﺍ ﻭﺠﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺸﺠﻊ ﺒـﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻜـﻭﺭﻨﺜﻴﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻨﻔﺫﻭﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻜﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﻡ ﺇﺭﺸﺎﺩﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻴﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪ :‬ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺎﻟﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻗﺩﺭ ﻁﺎﻗﺘﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻹﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻨﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻜﺘﻔـﻭﺍ ﺒـﺭﻏﺒﺘﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺭﺍﺩﺘﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻜﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺃﻯ ﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻜـل ﻭﺍﺤـﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺩﺭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‪ :‬ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﺎ ﻗﻴل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻁﺎﻟﺏ‬ ‫ﺃﺤﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻁﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻰ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺘﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺯﻟﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻭﺍ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻁﺎﻗﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺼﻴﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻀﻴﻕ ﻷﺠل ﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ‬ ‫ل ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻜﻔﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺯﻟﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴل ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺸﺊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻤﺜﻠﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻋﺎ ﹴ‬

‫‪187‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﻓﻀﺎﻟﺘﻜﻡ ﻹﻋﻭﺍﺯﻫﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﺩ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻀﺎﻟﺘﻬﻡ ﻷﻋﻭﺍﺯﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﺭﺴﻠﺘﻬﻡ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻓﻴﺴﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺸﺒﻌﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺘﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻜل ﻗﺴﻡ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﻌﻀﺎ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭل ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺤﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ‬ ‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﻘﻴﻥ ﻴﺸﺒﻊ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ ﻭﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﻨﺯل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺤﻭل ﺨﻴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺨﺭﺠﻭﻥ ﻟﺠﻤﻌﻪ ﻜل ﺼﺒﺎﺡ‬ ‫)ﺨﺭ‪ .(18 :16‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻀﻌﻴﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﺠﺴﻤﺎﻨﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﻓﻴﺨﺭﺝ ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺒﺤﺠﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﻜﻴﺎل ﻋﻨﺩ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜل ﻴﺸﺒﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻥ ﻟﻠﻴﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﻔﺴﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﻭﻤﺸﺠﻌﺎ ﻷﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﻤـﻥ‬

‫ﺃﺤﺩ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺘﻭﺠﻬﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺼﻼﺡ ﺨﻁﺄ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺒﺘﺩﻯﺀ ﻜﻼﻤﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺩﻴﺢ ﺜﻡ ﺘﺸﺠﻌﻪ ﺒﻠﻁﻑ ﻓﺘﻜﺴـﺏ‬

‫ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬شھادة بولس عن المرسلين لجمع العطايا )ع ‪:(24-16‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺗِﻴ ﹸﻄﺲَ‪َ 17 ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻗﹺﺒ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫‪َ 16‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ُ ،‬ﺷ ﹾﻜﺮًﺍ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺟ َﻌ ﹶﻞ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍ ِﻻ ْﺟِﺘﻬَﺎ َﺩ َﻋ ْﻴَﻨﻪُ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻠ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻣ ْﺪﺣُﻪُ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﻪِ‪18 .‬ﻭَﺃﹶﺭْﺳَﻠﹾﻨَﺎ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ ﺍ َﻷ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﱢ ﹾﻠَﺒﺔﹶ‪َ .‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ﺍ ْﺟِﺘﻬَﺎﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣَﻀَﻰ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﺗ ﹾﻠﻘﹶﺎ ِﺀ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ‬

‫ﺲ َﺭﻓِﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨَﺎِﺋ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨ ٌ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘﻂﹾ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣُ ْﻨَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﻓِﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨَﺎِﺋﺲﹺ‪َ 19 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬

‫‪188‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﲔ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺠﻨﱢﹺﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ ﺍﹾﻟﻮَﺍ ِﺣﺪِ‪َ ،‬ﻭِﻟَﻨﺸَﺎ ِﻃ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪20 .‬ﻣَُﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺫﹶﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺨﺪُﻭ َﻣ ِﺔ ِﻣﻨﱠﺎ ِﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻔﹶﺮﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻣ َﻊ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹸﻗﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘﻂﹾ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹸﻗﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ‬ ‫ﺴَﻨﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹺﺑﹸﺄﻣُﻮ ﹴﺭ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺪُﻭ َﻣ ِﺔ ِﻣﻨﱠﺎ‪21 .‬ﻣُﻌَْﺘﹺﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻳَﻠﹸﻮﻣَﻨَﺎ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﻓِﻰ َﺟﺴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﲑ ٍﺓ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﻣُﺠْﺘَﻬﹺﺪٌ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻪُ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺷﺪﱡ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪22 .‬ﻭَﺃﹶﺭْﺳَﻠﹾﻨَﺎ َﻣ َﻌ ُﻬﻤَﺎ ﹶﺃﺧَﺎﻧَﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺍﺧْﺘَﺒَﺮْﻧَﺎ ِﻣﺮَﺍﺭًﺍ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﺃﻣُﻮ ﹴﺭ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬

‫ﺍﺟْﺘِﻬَﺎﺩًﺍ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑًﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺜﱢ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺲ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ ﺷَﺮﹺﻳﻚٌ ﻟِﻰ ﻭَﻋَﺎﻣِﻞﹲ َﻣﻌِﻰ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ‬ ‫ﲑ ِﺓ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪23 .‬ﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺗِﻴﻄﹸ َ‬

‫ﺤﺒﱠِﺘ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺠﺪُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ 24 .‬ﹶﻓَﺒﻴﱢﻨُﻮﺍ ﹶﻟ ُﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻗﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨَﺎِﺋﺲﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺑﻴﱢَﻨ ﹶﺔ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ َﺧﻮَﺍﻧَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻬُﻤَﺎ َﺭﺳُﻮ ﹶﻻ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨَﺎِﺋﺲﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻭَﺍ ﹾﻓِﺘﺨَﺎ ﹺﺭﻧَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺸﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺒـﻭﻟﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺭﻙ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺔ‪ :‬ﻁﻠﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻨﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜـﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻭﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﹶﻗﺒﹺ َ‬ ‫ﻓﻭﺭ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺍﻻﻨﺠﻴل‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺴل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺼﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﻤﻤﺩﻭﺡ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻫـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻟﻭﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺃﺴﻔﺎﺭﻩ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﻬﺩ ﺴﻔﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺭﺴل‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﻭﺼﻰ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺍﻩ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻭﻟﻭﻗﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪189‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻨﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻭﻨﻌﺒﺩﻩ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺘﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﻠﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻜﻡ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻜﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤل ﻤﺩﺤﻪ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺨﺏ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻹﺨﻭﺘﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﺢ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺜﻕ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻭﻗﺎ ﻭﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻤﻭﺍﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﺠﺴﺎﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻜﺒﺭ ﻭﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺭﻯ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺎﺤﺘﺭﺍﺴﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺘـﻰ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﺸﻙ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺭﻓﻘﺎﺌﻪ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺩﻓﻌﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻘﻭﻟﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺤﺭﻴﺼﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺃﻨﺎﺱ ﻤﻭﺜﻭﻕ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :21‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺸﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺤﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﻅﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﻨﺩﻭﺒﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻨﺩﻭﺒﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻜل ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻤﻁﻤﺌﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻴﺩﻯ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺜﺭ ﺃﺤﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :22‬ﺃﺭﺴل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻭﻟﻭﻗﺎ ﺨﺎﺩﻤﺎ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ ﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺒﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﻭﻨﺸﺎﻁﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺘﺤﻤﺴﺎ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻟﺜﻘﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻏﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺭﻓﻘﺎﺀ ﺒﻭﻟـﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺘﻴﺨـﻴﻜﺱ‬ ‫)ﺃﻉ‪.(4 :20‬‬

‫ع‪ :23‬ﻴﻠﺨﺹ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﺯﻜﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺸﻬﺎﺩﺘﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻠﻴﻥ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜـﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻡ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺼﻔﻪ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺸﺭﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺨﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻘﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺫﺍﻥ‬

‫‪190‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻟﻭﻗﺎ ﻭﺘﻴﺨﻴﻜﺱ ﻴﺼﻔﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺴﻭﻻﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻭﻤﻨﺩﻭﺒﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻤـﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :24‬ﺒﻴﻨﻭﺍ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﻅﻬﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻜﻡ ﻟﻬﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺩﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺨﺎﺀ ﻋﻁﺎﺌﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻠﻴﻥ ﻤﻨﺩﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ ﺴـﺒﻘﺕ‬ ‫ﻓﺠﻤﻌﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻭﺍ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻜﻡ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺩﻟﻴل ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺘﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﻫﻡ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺤﺒـﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻋﻁـﺎﺌﻬﻡ ﻴﻔﺭﺤـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻴﺸﺠﻌﻬﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﷲ ﻭﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺫﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺴﻴﺠﻤﻌﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﻭﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺠﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻨﻘﻴﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺒﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻼ ﺘﻌﺜﺭ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻭ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺼﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﺠﺫﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻨﻨﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺘﻨﻴﻥ ﺒـﺄﻤﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻗﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ )ﻉ‪.(21‬‬

‫‪191‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫س ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح التﱠا ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻰ ﺑﺴﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬بولس يحث أھل كورنثوس على العطاء )ع ‪:(5-1‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ 2 .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻠﹶـ ُﻢ َﻧﺸَـﺎ ﹶﻃﻜﹸﻢُ‪،‬‬ ‫ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻫُ َﻮ ﻓﹸﻀُﻮﻝﹲ ﻣِﻨﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺘُ َ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺪ َﻣ ِﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ِﻌﺪﱠ ﹲﺓ ُﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﺬ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ﹺﻡ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَﺎﺿِﻰ‪َ .‬ﻭ ﹶﻏﻴْـ َﺮﺗُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﻗﹶـ ْﺪ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ ﹶﻟﺪَﻯ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ِﻜﺪُﻭﹺﻧﻴﱢﲔَ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹶﺃﺧَﺎِﺋَﻴ ﹶﺔ ﻣُ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﺃﻓﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮ ﹶﺓ ِﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﻳَﺘ َﻌﻄﱠ ﹶﻞ ﺍ ﹾﻓِﺘﺨَﺎ ُﺭﻧَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺒﹺﻴـﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶـ ْﻰ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻛﹶﺜﺮﹺﻳﻦَ‪َ 3 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺭ َﺳ ﹾﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﺿ ِ‬ ‫َﺣﺮﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺨَ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ِﻌﺪﱢﻳ َﻦ ﹶﻻ ﻧُ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ِﻌﺪﱢﻳ َﻦ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹸﻗ ﹾﻠﺖُ‪َ 4 .‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺟَﺎ َﺀ ﻣَﻌِﻰ َﻣ ِﻜﺪُﻭﻧﹺﻴﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻭ َﻭ َﺟﺪُﻭ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺠﻞﹸ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺗَﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﹺﺒﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮ ِﺓ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ َﺟﺴَﺎ َﺭ ِﺓ ﺍ ِﻻ ﹾﻓِﺘﺨَﺎ ﹺﺭ َﻫ ِﺬﻩِ‪ 5 .‬ﹶﻓ َﺮﹶﺃﻳْﺖُ ﹶﻻ ﹺﺯﻣًﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻠﹸ َ‬ ‫ﺨﹺﺒﲑُ ﹺﺑﻬَﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﻟَﺘﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﻫ َﻰ ﻣُ َﻌﺪﱠ ﹰﺓ َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻬَﺎ ﺑَﺮَﻛﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧﱠﻬَﺎ ﺑُﺨْﻞﹲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ َﺑ َﺮ ﹶﻛَﺘﻜﹸﻢُ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ َﺳَﺒ َﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْ‬ ‫َﻭﻳُ َﻬﻴﱢﺌﹸﻮﺍ ﹶﻗ ْﺒ ﹰ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸـﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺘﻠﻘﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻨﺴﻤﻴﻬﻡ ﻗﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻀﻭل‪ :‬ﻜﻼﻡ ﺯﺍﺌﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺸﺠﻊ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﻬـﺫﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﻁﻴﻑ ﻴﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺫﻜﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻜﻡ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺨﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻭﺒﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﺎﺼﻤﺘﻪ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﻫﻨـﺎ ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪192‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح التﱠا ِ‬

‫ﻴﻤﺘﺩﺡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﺸـﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻨـﺎﺌﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻗﺩ ﺠﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻨـﺩﻤﺎ ﺴـﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻰ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺃﻋﻠﻨﻭﺍ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩﻫﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﻁﻴﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺜﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﺘﺩﺤﻬﻡ ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻭﺠﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﻴﺎﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻗﺩ ﻋﺒـﺭﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4-3‬ﺍﻹﺨﻭﺓ‪ :‬ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻭﺭﻓﻴﻘﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺠﺭﺍﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺎﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭﻩ ﺒﺄﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺴل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻴﺸﺠﻌﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﺠﻤﻌـﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻋـﺎﺕ ﻤـﻥ ﻜﻨﻴﺴـﺔ‬ ‫ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﺎﺤﺒﻪ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﺠﻌﻬﻡ ﺒﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭﻩ ﺒﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺴﻠﻴﻤ ﹰﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺨﺠﻠﻭﻩ ﻭﻴﺨﺠﻠﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻔﺴـﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﺴﻠﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻜﺘﻔﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻤﻰ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻔﻌﻠﻭﺍ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:5‬ﺃﺭﺴل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻭﺭﻓﻴﻘﻴﻪ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼل ﻫﻭ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻤﻌﻪ ﺒﻌـﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﺎﺤﺒﻪ ﺒﻌـﺽ ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺤﻼﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﻀﺭ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻴﺴﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻠﻤ ُﻌﻁﹶﻰ ﻟـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻁِﻰ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺃﻋﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻗﺼﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺨل ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜـﻭﺱ ﻋﻨـﺩﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻗﺩ ﺠﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﻴﻌﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﺃﻤـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜـﺩﻭﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻅﻬـﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺼﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﺒﺨﻠﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻜﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻗﺒل ﻭﺼﻭﻟﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻌﺎﺘﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻁﺄ ﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﻜﻼﻤﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺩﺡ ﻓﻬﺫﺍ‬

‫ﻴﺠﻌل ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍ ﻟﻘﺒﻭل ﻜﻼﻤﻙ ﺒل ﻭﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬العطاء بسخاء وسرور )ع ‪:( 15-6‬‬

‫‪193‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺕ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎﹾﻟَﺒ َﺮﻛﹶﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪6‬ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ َﻭﹺﺇﻥﱠ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﺰ َﺭﻉُ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺸﱡﺢﱢ ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎﻟﺸﱡﺢﱢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻳَﺤْﺼُﺪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﺰ َﺭﻉُ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟَﺒ َﺮﻛﹶﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱡﻪُ ﺍﷲُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﺮُﻭ َﺭ ﻳُ ِ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻄﺮَﺍﺭﹴ‪َ .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﻌْﻄِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻋ ْﻦ ﺣُ ْﺰ ٍﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹺﻭ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﺼُﺪُ‪ 7 .‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻳ ْﻨﻮﹺﻯ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻠﹺﺒﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺷَﻰْﺀٍ‪َ ،‬ﺗ ْﺰﺩَﺍﺩُﻭ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫‪8‬ﻭَﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪُ ﻗﹶﺎﺩِﺭٌ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﺰﹺﻳ َﺪ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﻧﹺﻌْﻤَﺔٍ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺍ ﹾﻛِﺘﻔﹶﺎ ٍﺀ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ِﺣ ﹴ‬

‫ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﻋ َﻤ ﹴﻞ ﺻَﺎِﻟﺢﹴ‪ 9 .‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪ » :‬ﹶﻓﺮﱠﻕَ‪ .‬ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻄﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴَﺎ ِﻛﲔَ‪ .‬ﹺﺑﺮﱡﻩُ ﻳَﺒْﻘﹶﻰ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑﺪِ‪10 «.‬ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‬

‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹺﺑﺮﱢ ﹸﻛﻢْ‪11 .‬ﻣُﺴَْﺘﻐْﹺﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻸ ﹾﻛﻞﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺳﻴُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﻡُ َﻭﻳُ ﹶﻜﺜﱢﺮُ ﹺﺑﺬﹶﺍ َﺭ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ َﻭُﻳ ْﻨﻤِﻰ ﹶﻏﻼﱠ ِ‬ ‫ﻉ َﻭ ُﺧ ْﺒﺰًﺍ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻳُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﻡُ ﹺﺑﺬﹶﺍﺭًﺍ ﻟِﻠﺰﱠﺍ ﹺﺭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘﻂﹾ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﺴﺪﱡ ﹺﺇ ْﻋﻮَﺍ َﺯ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻳ ُ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺪ َﻣ ِﺔ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺸﺊﹸ ﹺﺑﻨَﺎ ُﺷ ﹾﻜﺮًﺍ ِﻟﻠﱠﻪِ‪َ 12 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ ﹾﻓِﺘﻌَﺎ ﹶﻝ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ِﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ َﺳﺨَﺎ ٍﺀ ﻳُ ْﻨ ِ‬

‫ﻳَﺰﹺﻳﺪُ ﹺﺑﺸُ ﹾﻜ ﹴﺮ ﹶﻛِﺜ ﹴ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﻃﹶﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻋِﺘﺮَﺍ ِﻓ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺪ َﻣ ِﺔ‪ُ ،‬ﻳ َﻤﺠﱢﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﲑ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ‪13‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ُﻫ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺎ ْﺧِﺘﺒَﺎ ﹺﺭ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺸﺘَﺎ ِﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴﻊﹺ‪َ 14 .‬ﻭﹺﺑﺪُﻋَﺎِﺋ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ُ ،‬ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺳﺨَﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮْﺯﹺﻳﻊﹺ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻭِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ﹾﻜﺮًﺍ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﻋ ِﻄﻴﱠِﺘ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ َﻌﺒﱠﺮُ َﻋ ْﻨﻬَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﻔﹶﺎِﺋ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ﹶﻟ َﺪْﻳ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ 15 .‬ﹶﻓ ُ‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻟﻠﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺒﺴﺨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﺘﻌﻴﺭﺍ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺯﺭﻉ ﺤﺒﻭﺒﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﺤﺼﺩ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺤﺼﻭﻻ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺯﺭﻉ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺒﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻭﺏ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﺼﺩ ﻤﺤﺼﻭﻻ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻴﻬﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺴﺨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﺤﺯﻥ‪ :‬ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺘﻀﺎﻴﻕ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻭﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻀﻁﺭﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﻴﺤﺭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺨﺠل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺤﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺒﺴﺭﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻁﻴﻪ ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺤـﺏ‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺂﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻔﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﺜﺎل )ﺃﻡ‪ (9 :22‬ﻜﻤـﺎ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﻜﺎﻓﺌﻪ ﺒﻨﻌﻡ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻴﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺘﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻔﺭﻍ ﻟﻺﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻤﻭ‬

‫‪194‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح التﱠا ِ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺃﻫﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩﻩ ﻓﻴﻅل ﻴﻌﻁـﻰ ﻁـﻭﺍل‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺒل ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩ‬ ‫ﺒﺴﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻤﻴﺭ )ﻤﺯ‪.(9 :112‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻴﻁﻤﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻥ ﻴﻔﺘﻘﺭﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻜﻠﻪ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺫﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﻔﻼﺡ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺯﺭﻋﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻗـﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻁـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺫﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻁﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺒل ﻴﻬﺒﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻁﻴﻴﻥ ﺒﺴﺨﺎﺀ ﺘﻜﻔﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﻐﻨﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺠﻌل ﺒـﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻴﺸﻜﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ -1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ‪ -2 .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠـﺏ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻐﻴﺭﻩ‪ -3 .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺩ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺍﻓﺘﻌﺎل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻴﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﺯﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺭ ﷲ ﻓﺘﻨﻤﻭ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻫﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻠﻘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺭﺍﻓﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻁﺎﻋﺘﻜﻡ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﻌﺘﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻠﻘﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸـﻜﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻤﺭﻴﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪195‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻴﻁﻴﻌﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﻭﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺤﺒﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻠﻘﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﻓﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻠﻘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻤﻠـﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺭﻴﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺼﻠﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻴﺎ ﻤﺅﻤﻨﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻴﺸﺘﺎﻗﻭﻥ ﻟﺭﺅﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﺇﺫ ﻴﺸﻌﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﺸﺭﻜﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻴﺸﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ ﻭﻋﻤـل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻌﻁﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻨﻅﺭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻙ ﺒﺴﺨﺎﺀ ﻭﺒﺤﺏ ﺃﺒﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻟﻺﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻜل ﻤـﻥ‬

‫ﺤﻭﻟﻙ ﻓﺘﺒﺫل ﺒﻔﺭﺡ ﻭﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺴﺨﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫‪196‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َع ِ‬

‫ش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َعا ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬سلطان بولس على المقاومين )ع ‪:(6-1‬‬ ‫ﻀ َﺮ ِﺓ ﺫﹶﻟِﻴﻞﹲ َﺑ ْﻴَﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ‬ ‫ﺤ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻭ ِﺣ ﹾﻠ ِﻤﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻰ ﺑُﻮﹸﻟ ُ‬ ‫‪1‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ َﻮﺩَﺍ َﻋ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻐ ْﻴَﺒ ِﺔ ﻓﹶﻤُﺘَﺠَﺎﺳِﺮٌ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ 2 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃَﺗﺠَﺎ َﺳ َﺮ ﻭَﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﺣَﺎﺿِﺮٌ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺜﱢ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﺑﹺﻬَﺎ ﺃﹶﺭَﻯ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﹸﻚُ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺠَﺴَﺪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺪِ‪3 .‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﹸﻚُ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺒُﻮَﻧﻨَﺎ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺤِ‬ ‫َﺳﹶﺄﺟَْﺘ ﹺﺮﺉُ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﻮ ﹴﻡ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺟَﺴَﺪِﻳﱠﺔﹰ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻗﹶﺎ ِﺩ َﺭ ﹲﺓ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﻫ ْﺪ ﹺﻡ ُﺣﺼُﻮﻥٍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﺔﹸ ﻣُﺤَﺎﺭَﺑَﺘِﻨَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﻧُﺤَﺎ ﹺﺭﺏُ‪4 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﺃﺳْ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺢ‪َ 6 ،‬ﻭﻣُﺴَْﺘ ِﻌﺪﱢﻳ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ﹾﺄ ِﺳﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ِﻓ ﹾﻜ ﹴﺮ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻃﹶﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺿﺪﱠ َﻣ ْﻌ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓ ِﺔ ﺍﷲِ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹸﻇﻨُﻮﻧًﺎ َﻭ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﻋُ ﹾﻠ ﹴﻮ َﻳﺮَْﺗ ِﻔﻊُ ِ‬ ‫‪5‬ﻫَﺎ ِﺩ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻃﹶﺎ َﻋﺘُﻜﹸﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﻴَﺎﻥٍ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺘَﻰ ﹶﻛ ِﻤ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫َﻷ ﹾﻥ َﻧ ْﻨَﺘ ِﻘ َﻢ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ِﻋ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻭﺩﺍﻋﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﺩﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﻭل ﻷﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﻴﺎ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺒﺸﺭﻫﻡ ﻓﻘﺒﻠﻭﺍ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻁﻴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺃﻨـﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻭﻯ ﻭﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﺘﻀﻊ ﺒﻭﺩﺍﻋﺔ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺜـﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻔﺯﻴﻥ ﺇﻴﺎﻩ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺤﻀﺭ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﻓﺴﺭﻭﺍ ﺘﺄﺨﻴﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻀـﻭﺭ ﺒـﺎﻟﺨﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻜﺄﺴﻘﻑ ﻭﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻪ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﺴل ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺸﺎﻏل ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻌﻁﻠﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﻭﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﺃﺘﺠﺎﺴﺭ‪ :‬ﺃﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺒﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﻭﺸﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﺒﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺃﻫﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﺄﻨﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﻀﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤـﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺅﺜﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻀﻁﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﺌـﻴﻥ‬

‫‪197‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻓﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺘﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺕ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﻏﺘﺎﻅ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﻅﻪ‬ ‫ﻴﺼﺩﺭ ﺃﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﻭﻋﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﺎ ﻴﻌﻴﺵ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺄﻜل ﻭﻴﺸﺭﺏ ﻭﻴﻨﺎﻡ ﻤﺜـل‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺒﺎﻷﻫﻭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺴﻠﻙ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:4‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﺠﺴﺩﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﺫﻜﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻰ )ﺃﻑ ‪ ،(16-11 :6‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺩﻡ ﺤﺼﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺴﻠﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:5‬ﻋﻠﻭ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺒﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﻀﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﻨﺎ ﻜﺒﺭﻴـﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜل ﻓﻜﺭ‪ :‬ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺴﻠﺤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻅﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸـﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻭﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺌﻬﻡ ﻭﺠـﺫﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻔـﻭﺱ ﻟﻺﻴﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﺃﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:6‬ﻴﻁﻤﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺇﻥ ﺨﻀﻌﻭﺍ ﻟـﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺯﻋﺠﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻯ ﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻭﻗﻑ ﺸﺭﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﻴﺘﻭﺒﻭﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻜﻥ ﻟﻁﻴﻔﺎ ﻭﺍﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺒل ﺇﻋﻠﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺇﻥ‬

‫ﻜﻨﺕ ﺫﺍ ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻜﻭﺍﻟﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻙ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﻐﻴﻅ‬ ‫ﺒﺸﺭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪198‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َع ِ‬

‫)‪ (2‬سلطان بولس من ﷲ )ع ‪:( 18-7‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺴ ْ‬ ‫ﺤِ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻪ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﹾﺤَﻀْﺮَﺓِ؟ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ َﻭِﺛ َﻖ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﹺﺑَﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫‪7‬ﹶﺃَﺗ ْﻨ ﹸﻈﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹾﻠﻄﹶﺎﹺﻧﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺮﺕُ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ ُ‬ ‫ﺢ‪ 8 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ِﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻓَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﻪِ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫َﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﻞﹸ‪ِ9 .‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻇ َﻬ َﺮ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱢﻰ ﹸﺃﺧِﻴ ﹸﻔ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱠﺳَﺎِﺋﻞﹺ‪َ 10 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻄﹶﺎﻧَﺎ ﹺﺇﻳﱠﺎ ُﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ ِﻟُﺒ ْﻨﻴَﺎﹺﻧ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻻ ِﻟ َﻬ ْﺪ ِﻣﻜﹸﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﺃﹸ ْﺧ َ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺴ ْ‬ ‫ﺤِ‬ ‫ﻼﻡُ َﺣ ِﻘﲑٌ‪ِ 11 «.‬ﻣ ﹾﺜﻞﹸ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﻓﹶﻀَﻌِﻴﻒٌ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳَﺎِﺋﻞﹸ ﺛﹶﻘِﻴﻠﹶﺔﹲ َﻭ ﹶﻗ ﹺﻮﻳﱠﺔﹲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ُﺣﻀُﻮ ُﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺿﺮُﻭﻥﹶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺣَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﻏﹶﺎِﺋﺒُﻮﻥﹶ‪َ ،‬ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ َﻧﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ِﻔ ْﻌ ﹺﻞ َﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱠﺳَﺎِﺋ ﹺﻞ َﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ ﹺﺑ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ .‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﻧﻘﹶﺎﹺﺑ ﹶﻞ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ َﺑ ْﻴ َﻦ ﹶﻗ ْﻮ ﹴﻡ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ْﻤ َﺪﺣُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻔ َ‬ ‫‪َ 12‬ﻷﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻻ َﻧﺠَْﺘ ﹺﺮﺉُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧ ُﻌﺪﱠ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﺴﻬُ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻧْﻔﹸﺴِﻬﹺﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َﻬﻤُﻮﻥﹶ‪َ 13 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳُﻘﹶﺎﺑﹺﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻬُ ْﻢ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻔ ِ‬ ‫ُﻫ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﻳﻘِﻴﺴُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ َ‬ ‫ﻍ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﻪُ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﺍﷲُ‪ِ ،‬ﻗﻴَﺎﺳًﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠُﺒﻠﹸﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹶﺎﻧُﻮ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻗﻴَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻻ ُﻳﻘﹶﺎﺱُ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺣ َ‬ ‫َﻧﻔﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ 15 .‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺻ ﹾﻠﻨَﺎ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﹺﺇْﻧ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﻟﹶﺴْﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْﺒﻠﹸﻎﹸ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﻭ َ‬ ‫‪َ 14‬ﻷﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻻ ﻧُ َﻤﺪﱢﺩُ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻗﹶﺎﻧُﻮﹺﻧﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ َﻧﻤَﺎ ﹺﺇﳝَﺎُﻧ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧَﺘ َﻌﻈﱠ َﻢ َﺑ ْﻴَﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺁ َﺧﺮﹺﻳﻦَ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﺭَﺍ ﹺﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃْﺗﻌَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻻ ُﻳﻘﹶﺎ ُ‬ ‫ُﻣ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ َﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺨ َﺮ ﺑﹺﺎ ُﻷﻣُﻮ ﹺﺭ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ َﻌﺪﱠ ِﺓ ﻓِﻰ ﻗﹶﺎﻧُﻮ ِﻥ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ ﹺﺮَﻧﺎ‪َ 17 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ َﻣ ﹺﻦ ﺍ ﹾﻓَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ ﹺﺰﻳَﺎ َﺩﺓٍ‪ِ16 ،‬ﻟﻨَُﺒﺸﱢ َﺮ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ َﻭﺭَﺍ َﺀ ﹸﻛﻢْ‪ .‬ﹶﻻ ِﻟَﻨ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ َﺰﻛﱠﻰ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﻤ َﺪﺣُﻪُ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺡ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ َﺪ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺮ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪َ 18 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻴ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﻴﻘﻭل ﻟﻬﻡ ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻅﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻀـﻌﻴﻑ ﻋﻨـﺩﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻜﻨﺕ ﺤﺎﻀﺭﺍ ﻋﻨﺩﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻠﻥ ﻟﻜﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺘﻡ ﺘﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺜﻘﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﺘﻤﻴﺯﻩ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺒﺔ ﺠﺴﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻌﻴﺩ ﻤـﻊ‬ ‫ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺃﻗل ﻓﻰ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺘﻤﻴﺯﻩ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻪ ﻜﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻭﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺨـﺎﺭﻩ‬

‫‪199‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻭﺘﻤﺴﻜﻪ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺴـﺘﺤﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺃﺨﺫﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺩﻋﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﻟﻤﺠﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻴﺩﻓﻊ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺘﻬﻤﺔ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻴﺨﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺒﺭﺴﺎﺌﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻬﺩﻴﺩﺍ ﺒل ﻫﻭ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﺼﺭ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻴﺴﺘﻨﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻗﻭﻴـﺔ ﻭﺤﺎﺯﻤـﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺤﻀﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻓﺴﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻀﻌﻔﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻁﺒﻌﺎ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﻭﻤﺠـﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﺘﺸﻭﻴﺵ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻨﺸﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺫﻭ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺴﺎﺌﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨـﺩﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﺯﻭﺭ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻻ ﻨﺠﺘﺭﻯ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻨﺴﻤﺢ ﻷﻨﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺩﻋﻰ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻴﺴﻭﻥ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻤﺩﺤﻭﻥ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻘﺎﺭﻨﻭﻥ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺌل ﻟﻴﺘﻌﻠﻤﻭﺍ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺭﻓﺽ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺨﺩﻋﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﺒﻤﺩﺡ ﺃﻨﻔﺴـﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺒﺘﻌﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﺎﻨﺤﺭﻓﻭﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻘﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﻨﺩﻋﻰ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﺴﻤﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻴﺎﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﻠﻭﻍ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻜﻡ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻴﺘﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻫﻭ ﻜﺄﺴﻘﻑ ﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺌﻪ ﺃﻯ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻌل ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒـل‬ ‫ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﻫﺒﻪ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻟﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﺤﻴﻭﺍ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪200‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َع ِ‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﻻ ﻨﻤﺩﺩ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻨﺩﻋﻰ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﺒﺸﺭﻨﺎﻜﻡ ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻨﺒﺸﺭﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻨﺩﻋﻰ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻤﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﺸﺭ ﻭﺃﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﺎ ﻜﺎﺫﺒﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺒل ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻭﺼل ﻭﺒﺸﺭ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻜﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﺴﻘﻑ ﻭﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻘﺎﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺭﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺘﻌﻅﻡ ﺒﻴﻨﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺤﻀﺭﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻨﺼﺭﺍﻓﻪ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩﻋﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﺒل ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺤﺭﻴﺼﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺭﺠﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﻤﻭ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﻁﻭﻩ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺨﺩﻤﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺒل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻭل ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩﻭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﺒﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻜـل ﻫـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺴﻴﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻰ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻬﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻏﺭﺏ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﺴﺒﺎﻨﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺭﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺴل ﻭﻤﺒﺸﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﺨﺭﻭﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻤﻨﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺴﺎﻋﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺒﺜﺒﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻨﻤﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤـﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻌﻁل ﺒﻤﺸﺎﻜﻠﻬﻡ ﺒل ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺤـﺩ ﻭﻴﺅﺴـﺱ‬ ‫ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻴﻘﺭﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻰ ﻋـﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺨـﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤـﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺒﺭﻀﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻤﺴﺭﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺎ ﻭﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﻤﺘﻌﻨﺎ ﺒﺭﻋﺎﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪201‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :18‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺩﺡ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺯﻜﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻴﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻜﺒـﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻤﺘﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﺩﺡ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻬﺒﻬﺎ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻨﺸﻐل ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﺩﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻨﺯﻟﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ‪ ،‬ﺒـل ﺍﻫـﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻤـل‬

‫ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺒﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺒﻪ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻔﻴﺽ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﺸﻜﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺩﻓﻌﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤل ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺒﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪202‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬ ‫ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬دفاع بولس عن رسوليته )ع ‪:( 6 - 1‬‬ ‫ﺤَﺘ ِﻤﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻏﺒَﺎ َﻭﺗِﻰ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴﻼﹰ! َﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﻣُﺤَْﺘ ِﻤ ِﻠﻰﱠ‪ 2 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﻏﹶﺎ ُﺭ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﹶﺓ ﺍﷲِ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ َﺧ ﹶﻄ ْﺒﺘُﻜﹸ ْﻢ‬ ‫‪1‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴَﺘ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﱠﺔﹸ َﺣﻮﱠﺍ َﺀ ﹺﺑ َﻤ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺮﻫَـﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻑ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﺧ َﺪ َﻋ ِ‬ ‫ِﻟ َﺮﺟُ ﹴﻞ َﻭﺍ ِﺣﺪٍ‪ ،‬ﻷُ ﹶﻗﺪﱢ َﻡ َﻋ ﹾﺬﺭَﺍ َﺀ َﻋﻔِﻴ ﹶﻔ ﹰﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪3 .‬ﻭَﻟﹶﻜِﻨﱠﻨﹺﻰ ﹶﺃﺧَﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺁ َﺧ َﺮ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻧ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺮ ْﺯ‬ ‫ﺴﺪُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫﻫَﺎُﻧ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒﺴَﺎ ﹶﻃ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ 4 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻵﺗِﻰ َﻳ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺮﺯُ ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻫَﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﺗُ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺁ َﺧ َﺮ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﺗ ﹾﻘَﺒﻠﹸﻮﻩُ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺤَﺴَﻨًﺎ ﹸﻛ ْﻨُﺘ ْﻢ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺤَﺘ ِﻤﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪َ 5 .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ‬ ‫ﹺﺑﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹸﻛ ْﻨُﺘ ْﻢ َﺗ ﹾﺄ ُﺧﺬﹸﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺭُﻭﺣًﺎ ﺁ َﺧ َﺮ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﺗ ﹾﺄﺧُﺬﹸﻭﻩُ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹺﺇْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠﻢﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋَﺎﻣﱢﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺺ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ َﻋ ْﻦ ﻓﹶﺎِﺋﻘِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺳُﻞﹺ‪َ 6 .‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻘ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴﻊﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻇﹶﺎ ِﻫﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺑ ْﻴ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻨﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻯ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺠﻬل ﻭﻏﺒﺎﺀ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺡ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻀﻁﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻴﺜﺒﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﺸﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻸﻥ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل ﻟﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺤﺘﻠﻤﻭﺍ ﻏﺒﺎﻭﺘﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﺘﺩﺤﻬﻡ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺘﻤﻴﺯﻭﺍ ﺃﺼﻼ ﺒﻔﻀﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﺤﺘﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﺤﺒﻭﻨﻪ ﻓﺴﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﺃﻏﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﺤﺒﻜﻡ ﻭﺃﺭﻓﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺤﺭﻓﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻟﺘﻅﻠـﻭﺍ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻰ ﺘﺠﻌﻠﻨﻰ ﺃﺘﻌﺏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻴﺘﻜﻡ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﺸﺨﺼﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﻁﺒﺘﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺒﺸﺭﺘﻜﻡ ﻭﺁﻤﻨﺘﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺘﺒﻁﺘﻡ ﻜﻌﺭﻭﺱ ﻤﻊ ﻋﺭﻴﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺯﻥ ﻭﻴﺘﻀﺎﻴﻕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺒﺘﻌﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨـﻪ‬ ‫ﺒﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺭﺒﻁﻬﻡ ﺒﻪ ﻜﻌﺭﻭﺱ ﻓﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻅﻠﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻜﺎﻟﻌﺫﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﺨﻁﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪203‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪:3‬ﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭﻩ ﻨﺤﻭ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺨﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﺨﺫﻉ ﺒﺄﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺨﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻤﻨﺎ ﺤﻭﺍﺀ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﻅﻠﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻴﺤﺘﺭﺴﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺁﺨﺭ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﺭﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺤﺎ ﺁﺨﺭ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻨﺠﻴﻼ ﺁﺨﺭ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﺸﺭ ﺒﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺡ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻭﺇﻨﺠﻴل ﺁﺨﺭ ﻴﺅﻜﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﻌﺠﺯﺍﺕ ﺘﺜﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﺩﺍﻋﺎ ﻗﻭﻴﺎ ﻴﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﺫﺭ ﻤﻘﺒﻭل‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺒل ﻴﺸﻭﺸﻭﻫﻡ ﺒﺄﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻏﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻷﺠل‬ ‫ﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻴﻨﺴﺎﻗﻭﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻫﻡ ؟ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺠﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﺴﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﺸـﺭ ﺒـﻪ‬ ‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﻴﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﻓﺎﺌﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﻫﻡ ﺒﻁﺭﺱ ﻭﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﻭﻴﻭﺤﻨـﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺫﻴﻥ ﺨﺼـﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻑ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺸﻜﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺭﺴﻭﻻ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻤﻪ ﻜل ﺸﺊ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻻ ﻴﻘـل ﻋـﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺒﺭﻴﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻷﺠل ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺨﺼﻪ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺩﺨﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻤـﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻘﻠل ﻤﻥ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﺒل ﻴﺜﺒﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻟﻌل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﺘﻬﻤﻭﺍ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴـﺘﻌﻠﻡ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻴﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺒﻔﺼﺎﺤﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟـﻭ‬ ‫ﻜﻨﺘﻡ ﺤﻜﻤﺘﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻰ ﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺒﺔ ﺃﻯ ﻋﺎﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓـﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴـﺔ ﻟﺴـﺕ‬ ‫ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺎ ﻷﻨﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻤﺕ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺃﺴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﺘﺒﺸـﻴﺭﻯ‬

‫‪204‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬

‫ﺒﻴﻨﻜﻡ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺸﺭﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻌل ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻭﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﻘﻠل ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﺄﻴﺔ ﺤﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻷﺠل ﺍﷲ ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺘﻌﺜﺭ ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺘﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀﻙ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﺘﻀﻊ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺫﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀﻙ ﻓﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻭﻴﺎ ﻭﺘﻜﺴﺏ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺤﻭﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬خدمة بولس المجانية )ع ‪:( 15-7‬‬ ‫ﷲ؟ ‪َ 8‬ﺳ ﹶﻠ ْﺒﺖُ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻰ ﹶﻛ ْﻰ َﺗﺮَْﺗ ِﻔﻌُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ َﺑﺸﱠ ْﺮﺗُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﻣَﺠﱠﺎﻧًﺎ ﹺﺑﹺﺈْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ َﺧ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫﹶﻟ ﹾﻠ ُ‬ ‫‪7‬ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ﹶﻄ ﹾﺄ ُ‬ ‫ﺿﺮًﺍ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﻭَﺍﺣْﺘَﺠْﺖُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﹸﺃﹶﺛﻘﱢ ﹾﻞ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ َﺣﺪٍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺣَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹸﺃ ْﺧﺮَﻯ‪ ،‬ﺁ ِﺧﺬﹰﺍ ﺃﹸ ْﺟ َﺮ ﹰﺓ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ِﺧﺪْ َﻣِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﹶﻛﻨَﺎِﺋ َ‬ ‫‪َ 9‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﺣْﺘِﻴَﺎﺟﹺﻰ َﺳﺪﱠﻩُ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﺃَﺗﻮْﺍ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ ِﻜﺪُﻭﹺﻧﻴﱠﺔﹶ‪َ .‬ﻭﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ َﺣ ِﻔ ﹾﻈﺖُ ﻧَﻔﹾﺴِﻰ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﹶﺛﻘِﻴ ﹴﻞ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪،‬‬ ‫َﻭ َﺳﹶﺄ ْﺣ ﹶﻔ ﹸﻈﻬَﺎ‪َ 10 .‬ﺣﻖﱡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﺪﱡ َﻋﻨﱢﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃﻗﹶﺎﻟِﻴ ﹺﻢ ﹶﺃﺧَﺎِﺋَﻴﺔﹶ‪ِ11 .‬ﻟﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ؟ ﺃﹶﻷَﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻓﻰﱠ‪ .‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﺍ ِﻻ ﹾﻓِﺘﺨَﺎ َﺭ ﹶﻻ ُﻳ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ﹰﺔ ﹶﻛ ْﻰ ﻳُﻮ َﺟﺪُﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤَﺎ‬ ‫ﺻ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻳُﺮﹺﻳﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﻓﹸ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﹸﺃ ِﺣﺒﱡ ﹸﻜﻢْ؟ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ َﻳ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ‪َ 12 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻠﹸﻪُ َﺳﹶﺄ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻠﹸﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ﹾﻗ ﹶﻄ َﻊ ﻓﹸ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑﻪِ‪َ 13 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ِﻣ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻞ َﻫﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ ُﻫ ْﻢ ُﺭ ُﺳ ﹲﻞ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬَﺑﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﻌ ﹶﻠ ﹲﺔ ﻣَﺎ ِﻛﺮُﻭﻥﹶ‪ُ ،‬ﻣ َﻐﻴﱢﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ َﺷ ﹾﻜ ﹶﻠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﻣَﺎ َﻳ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِ‬ ‫َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﻙ ﻧُﻮﺭﹴ! ‪ 15‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ ﻳُ َﻐﻴﱢﺮُ َﺷ ﹾﻜ ﹶﻠﻪُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ِﺷ ْﺒ ِﻪ َﻣ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺐ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻴﻄﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺠ َ‬ ‫ِﺷ ْﺒ ِﻪ ﺭُﺳُ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪َ 14 .‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﻋ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻤَﺎِﻟ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺪﱠﺍ ﹴﻡ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﹺﺒﺮﱢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹺﻧﻬَﺎَﻳﺘُﻬُ ْﻢ َﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ َﺣ َ‬ ‫َﻋﻈِﻴﻤًﺎ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ُﺧﺪﱠﺍ ُﻣ ُﻪ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ُﻳ َﻐﻴﱢﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ َﺷ ﹾﻜ ﹶﻠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻛ ُ‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﺃﺫﻟﻠﺕ ﻨﻔﺴﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﺕ ﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﺸﺘﻰ ﺒﻌﻤل ﻴﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﺭﺘﻔﻌﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﺘﻡ‪ :‬ﺘﺭﺘﺒﻁﻭﺍ ﻭﺘﻨﻤﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺸﻐﻠﻴﻥ ﺒﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﻨﻔﻘﺎﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻌل ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺸﺠﻌﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﺸﺘﻪ ﻤﻤﻥ ﻴﺨﺩﻤﻬﻡ )ﺍﻜﻭ‪،(12-6 :9‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻨﺎل ﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﺸﺘﻪ ﻤﻤﻥ ﻴﺨﺩﻤﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺤﻘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻁﻠﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪205‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :9-8‬ﺴﻠﺒﺕ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻠﺕ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻷﺠل ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜـﺎﻥ ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺩﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻨﻔﻘﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺜﻘل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺩﺒﺭ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤـل‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ :‬ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ )ﻉ‪ (9‬ﻭﺒﺎﻷﺨﺹ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻀﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﺜﻘﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﻨﻔﻘﺎﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﻤﱠل ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺤﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺭّﻓﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻀﻴﻔﺎ ﺜﻘﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻴﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻤﻨﻌﻪ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻋﻨﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺨﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻋﺎﺼﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺼﺩﻕ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭﻩ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺨـﺩﻡ ﻤﺠﺎﻨـﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﻨﻌﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻌﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻴﺘﺴﺎﺀل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻨﻔﻘﺎﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫل ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤـﺒﻬﻡ؟‪..‬‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻴﻀﻴﻑ ﺍﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻴﺨﺩﻡ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻤﺠﺎﻨﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺨﺩﻡ ﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫ ﻴﻬﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗـﺩ‬ ‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻴﺅﺩﻭﻨﻪ ﻤﺠﺎﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻟﺫﺍ ﻴﺤﺭﺹ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﺒﺒﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺘﻬﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻴﻜﺸﻑ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺼﻔﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻴﺴﻭﺍ ﺭﺴﻼ‬ ‫ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻴﻥ ﺒل ﻜﺎﺫﺒﻭﻥ ﻭﺒﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﺎﻜﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﻴﺨﺩﻋﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺒﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺭﺴﻠﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺒل ﻫﻡ ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪206‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬

‫ع‪ :15-14‬ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻔﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﻜﺸﻑ ﺘﻅﺎﻫﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﺭﺴﻠﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻌل ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﻼﻙ ﻨﻭﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻜﻪ ﻋﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺱ ﻏﺭﻴﺒﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻠﺩﻭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﺍﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺒﺘﻅﺎﻫﺭﻫﻡ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺭﺴل ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﺠﺎﺯﻴﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺫﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻭﺒﻭﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﻟﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ ﻤﺠﺎﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﺒﻼ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻗﺼﺭﻭﺍ ﻓـﻰ ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﺭ‬

‫ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺒﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺴﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻙ ﺒﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻭﺒﻴﺦ ﻭﺇﻫﺎﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﺘﺨ َل ﻋﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺴـﺘﻁﻊ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﺼ ﹺل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬اضطرار بولس لمدح نفسه )ع ‪:(21-16‬‬ ‫ـ َﺮ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻗﹶﻠِـﻴﻼﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪16‬ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ :‬ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹸﻈﻦﱠ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻏﹺﺒﻰﱞ‪َ .‬ﻭﹺﺇﻻﱠ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾﻗَﺒﻠﹸﻮﻧﹺﻰ َﻭﹶﻟ ْﻮ ﹶﻛ َﻐﹺﺒﻰﱟ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ﹾﻓﺘَﺨ ِ‬ ‫ـ ِﺬﻩِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪُ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﻏﺒَﺎ َﻭﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ َﺟﺴَﺎ َﺭ ِﺓ ﺍ ِﻻ ﹾﻓِﺘﺨَﺎ ﹺﺭ ﻫـ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃَﺗ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻢُ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫‪17‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﺃَﺗ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻢُ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺤَﺘ ِﻤﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻏﹺﺒﻴَﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ‬ ‫ﺴﺮُﻭ ﹴﺭ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ 19 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﹶﺃﻓﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ َﺣ َ‬ ‫‪18‬ﹺﺑﻤَﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑﹺﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ْﻌﹺﺒ ُﺪ ﹸﻛﻢْ! ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﻳَـ ﹾﺄ ﹸﻛ ﹸﻠ ﹸﻜﻢْ! ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶـﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﺣَـ ٌﺪ‬ ‫ﺤَﺘ ِﻤﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻼﺀُ! ‪َ 20‬ﻷﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﻋُ ﹶﻘ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹺﺮﺑُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ُﻭﺟُﻮ ِﻫ ﹸﻜﻢْ! ‪21‬ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺳﺒﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻬﻮَﺍ ِﻥ ﹶﺃﻗﹸـﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫َﻳ ﹾﺄﺧُﺬﹸﻛﹸﻢْ! ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ َﻳﺮَْﺗ ِﻔﻊُ! ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ ﺿُﻌَﻔﹶﺎﺀَ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳﺠَْﺘ ﹺﺮﺉُ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﹶﺃ َﺣﺪٌ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﻏﺒَﺎ َﻭﺓٍ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﺃﺟَْﺘ ﹺﺮﺉُ ﻓِﻴﻪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹶﻛ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﺍﻀﻁﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻤﺘﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻭل ﻷﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻻ ﺘﻅﻨﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻏﺒﺎﺀ ﻤﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻰ ﻷﻨﻰ ﻻ ﺃﻗﺼﺩ ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻷﺠل ﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻌل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﺜﺒﺕ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻅﻨﻨﺘﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻏﺒﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﺴـﻤﻌﻭﻨﻰ ﻜﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﺴﻤﻌﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﺤﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻴﺴﻭﺍ ﺭﺴﻼ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﺒﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻥ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺒﺩﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻤﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪207‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻏﺒﺎﻭﺓ‪ :‬ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺠﻬل ﻭﻏﺒﺎﻭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﺭﺃﺓ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺍﻀﻁﺭﺘﻪ ﻷﻥ ﻴﻤﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻼﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻠﻜﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻀﻁﺭﺘﻪ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻏﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺠﺭﺃﺓ ﺒﻼ ﺩﺍﻋﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺩﻗﻕ ﺴﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺠل ﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﻤﺨﺘﻭﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﻴﻠﺘﺯﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻁﻼ ﺒﺄﻤﻭﺭ ﺠﺴـﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺠـﺫﺒﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻀﻁﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺘﺜﺒﻴـﺕ ﺘﻌـﺎﻟﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﻴﻤﺘﺩﺡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﻋﻘﻼﺀ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻏﺒﺎﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻅﻨﻭﻩ ﻜﻼﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﻫﻼ‪ .‬ﺇﻨﻬﺎ ﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﺘﺫﺒﻬﻡ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺒﻤﺩﺤﻬﻡ ﻭﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻋﻪ ﺇﺫ ﻭﺼﻑ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﺠﺎﻫل‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘـﺔ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﺠﻬﻼﺀ ﺒﺎﻨﺴﻴﺎﻗﻬﻡ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﻨﺎﺯﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﺒﺸﺭﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﻴﺴﺘﻌﺒﺩﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺃﻟﺯﻤﻭﻫﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻨﺼﺭﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺄﻜﻠﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺄﺨﺫﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻴﺘﺴﻠﻁ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ ﻭﻴﺄﺨﺫﻜﻡ ﻜﻔﺭﻴﺴﺔ ﻴﺴﺘﻐﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺭﺘﻔﻊ‪ :‬ﻴﺘﻜﺒﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ ﻭﻴﺫﻟﻜﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪208‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬

‫ﻴﻀﺭﺒﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﻫﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻷﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺃﻨﻜﻡ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺒﺩﻭﻜﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺍﺌﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻐﻠﻭﻜﻡ ﻭﺃﻫﺎﻨﻭﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﻨﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺩﺤﻰ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :21‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻨﺎ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻴﺼﻑ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻜـﺎﻨﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻴﺼﻔﻭﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﻌﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺠﺘﺭﻯ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻤﺩﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻷﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﻅﻬﻭﺭﻩ ﺒﻤﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺫل ﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﺈﻨﺠﻴـل ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻤﻀﻁﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻗﻭﺘﻪ ﺒﻤﺩﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﻋﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻠﺔ ﻭﻤـﺩﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻷﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻹﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻷﺠل ﺍﷲ ﻭﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻷﺠﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺘـﻙ ﺃﻭ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﻴﻅ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻙ ﻭﺘﻜﺒﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻯ ﺇﻓﻌل ﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺘﻤﺠﻴـﺩ‬ ‫ﻨﻔﺴﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬أنواع األتعاب التى احتملھا بولس فى خدمته )ع ‪:(33-22‬‬ ‫ﺴﻞﹸ ﹺﺇ ْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴﻢَ؟ ﹶﻓﹶﺄﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪23 .‬ﹶﺃ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫‪22‬ﹶﺃ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻋِﺒْﺮَﺍﻧﹺﻴﱡﻮﻥﹶ؟ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧَﺎ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪ .‬ﹶﺃ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ِﻠﻴﱡﻮﻥﹶ؟ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ .‬ﹶﺃ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﻓﺮُ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﺠُﻮ ِﻥ‬ ‫ﺏ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜﺮُ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﱠ َﺮﺑَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻀﻞﹸ‪ :‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍ َﻷْﺗﻌَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨَﺘﻞﱢ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ﹾﻘﻞﹺ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ُﺧﺪﱠﺍ ُﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ؟ ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹶﻛﻤُ ْ‬ ‫ﺙ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹶ‬ ‫ﲔ َﺟ ﹾﻠ َﺪ ﹰﺓ ﹺﺇﻻﱠ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪﺓﹰ‪25 ،‬ﹶﺛ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻣَﺮﱠﺍﺕٍ ﹶﻗﹺﺒ ﹾﻠﺖُ ﹶﺃ ْﺭَﺑ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻣﺮَﺍﺭًﺍ ﻛﹶﺜِﲑَﺓﹰ‪ِ 24 ،‬ﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴﻬُﻮ ِﺩ َﺧ ْﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮُ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻤِﻴﺘَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺮ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍْﻧ ﹶﻜ َ‬ ‫ﺙ َﻣﺮﱠﺍ ٍ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺿُ ﹺﺮْﺑﺖُ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ِﻌ ِ‬ ‫َﻣﺮﱠﺍ ٍ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻭَﻧﻬَﺎﺭًﺍ ﹶﻗﻀﱠ ْﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹺﺑ َﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻔِﻴَﻨﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺼﻰﱢ‪َ ،‬ﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﺭُﺟﹺﻤْﺖُ‪ ،‬ﹶﺛ ﹶ‬ ‫ﲑﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﺧﻄﹶﺎ ﹺﺭ ُﺳﻴُﻮﻝﹴ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﺧﻄﹶﺎ ﹺﺭ ﹸﻟﺼُﻮﺹﹴ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﺧﻄﹶﺎ ﹴﺭ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ ْﻨﺴِﻰ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﺧﻄﹶﺎ ﹴﺭ ِﻣ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻌُﻤْﻖﹺ‪26 ،‬ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﺳﻔﹶﺎ ﹴﺭ ِﻣﺮَﺍﺭًﺍ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻷُ َﻣﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﺧﻄﹶﺎ ﹴﺭ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺪِﻳَﻨﺔِ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﺧﻄﹶﺎ ﹴﺭ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒﺮﱢﻳﱠﺔِ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﺧﻄﹶﺎ ﹴﺭ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺒَﺤْﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﺧﻄﹶﺎ ﹴﺭ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺇ ْﺧ َﻮ ٍﺓ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬَﺑﺔٍ‪27 ،‬ﻓِﻰ َﺗ َﻌ ﹴ‬ ‫ﲑﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ َﺑ ْﺮ ٍﺩ َﻭﻋُ ْﺮ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺻﻮَﺍ ﹴﻡ ِﻣﺮَﺍﺭًﺍ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫َﻭ ﹶﻛﺪﱟ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺳﻬَﺎ ﹴﺭ ِﻣﺮَﺍﺭًﺍ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﻯ‪28 .‬ﻋَﺪَﺍ ﻣَﺎ‬ ‫ﻉ َﻭ َﻋ ﹶﻄﺶﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﲑﺓﹰ‪ِ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺟُﻮ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻀﻌُﻒُ َﻭﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹶﻻ ﺃﹶﺿْﻌُﻒُ؟ َﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨَﺎِﺋﺲﹺ‪َ 29 .‬ﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻫُ َﻮ ﺩُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺫِﻟﻚَ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺮَﺍ ﹸﻛ ُﻢ َﻋ ﹶﻠﻰﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﻳَﻮْﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﺍ ِﻻ ْﻫِﺘﻤَﺎ ُﻡ ﹺﺑ َ‬

‫‪209‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ ﺑﹺﺄﹸﻣُﻮﺭﹺ ﺿُﻌْﻔِﻰ‪31 .‬ﺍﹶﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ﺃﹶﺑُﻮ َﺭﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴﹶﺄ ﹾﻓَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﺐُ ﺍ ِﻻ ﹾﻓِﺘﺨَﺎﺭُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫َﻳ ْﻌﺜﹸﺮُ ﻭَﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃﹾﻟَﺘ ﹺﻬﺐُ؟ ‪30‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺙ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ِﻠ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ َﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﺤَﺎ ﹺﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ ِﺬﺏُ‪32 .‬ﻓِﻰ ِﺩ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣُﺒَﺎﺭَﻙٌ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑﺪِ‪َ ،‬ﻳ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺠﻮْﺕُ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻜﻨﹺﻰ‪ 33 ،‬ﹶﻓَﺘ َﺪﻟﱠﻴْﺖُ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻃﹶﺎ ﹶﻗ ٍﺔ ﻓِﻰ َﺯْﻧﺒﹺﻴ ﹴﻞ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﻮﺭﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻧ َ‬ ‫ﲔ‪ُ ،‬ﻳﺮﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُﻤْ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ِﻘﻴﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺮُﺱُ ﻣﺪِﻳَﻨ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﱢ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ َﺪْﻳﻪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :22‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻨﺴﺎﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ "ﻋﺎﺒﺭ" ﺃﺤﺩ ﺠﺩﻭﺩ "ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ" ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﺒﺭ ﻨﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻔـﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻜﻨﻌﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻋﺒﺭﺍﻨﻰ )ﺘﻙ‪ (13 :14‬ﻭﻨﺴﻠﻪ ﻋﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻭﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴﻠﻴﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺃﻨـﻪ ﺠﺎﻫـﺩ ﻤـﻊ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻗﺘﺩﺭ )ﺘﻙ‪ ،(28 :32‬ﺃﻯ ﻫﻡ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺴل ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﻭﺭﺜﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :23‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﻓﻀل‪ :‬ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻬـﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘـﺔ‬ ‫ﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﺘﻀﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﺭﺴﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺯﻭﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺩﻋﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺃﻓﻀل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺘﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻪ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺏ ﺒل ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺘﻤﻴﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻠﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻭﻥ ﻭﺃﻜﺜﺭ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﺭﺍﺭﺍ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :25-24‬ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺠﻠﺩﺓ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺘﻘﻀﻰ ﺒﺄﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺩ ﻋـﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻋﺘﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻀﺭﺒﻭﺍ ‪ 39‬ﻟﺌﻼ ﻴﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺄ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﺎﺝ ﻟـﻪ ﺜـﻼﺙ ﺸـﻌﺏ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﻜل ﺠﻠﺩﺓ ﺒﺜﻼﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻀﺭﺏ ‪ 13‬ﻤﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪210‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬

‫ﻀﺭﺒﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺼﻰ‪ :‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺭﺓ ﺭﺠﻤﺕ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻟﺴﺘﺭﺓ ﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻥ ﻭﻋﻴﻪ )ﺃﻉ‪.(19 :14‬‬ ‫ﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻨﻜﺴﺭﺕ ﺒﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻔﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺭﺴل‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻜـﺭﺕ ﻤـﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺒﻌﺔ ﺤﺩﺜﺕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺤﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﺍﻫﺒﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﻴﺔ )ﺃﻉ ‪.(41 :27‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻕ‪ :‬ﺤﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎ ﺒﺄﺤﺩ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻭﻗﻀﻰ ﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﺴـﻭﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻨﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﻪ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻌﻀﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺠﻡ ﻭﺍﻨﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻘﻪ ﺒﺄﻟﻭﺍﺤﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :26‬ﺃﺴﻔﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺘﺤﻤل ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺭ ﻭﻤﺸﻘﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻼﺤﻅـﺔ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺒﺩﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻌﺎﻨﺎﺓ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻴﻭل‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻤﻁﺎﺭ ﻏﺯﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﻨﺯل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻭﺩﻯ ﺒﺤﻴـﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴـﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـﺫﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﻜﺴﺤﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺼﻭﺹ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻬﺎﺠﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺭﻴﻥ ﻟﻼﺴـﺘﻴﻼﺀ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤـﺎ ﻋﻨـﺩﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﺘل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﻨﺴﻰ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻗﺎﻭﻤﻭﻩ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﺸﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺒﺸﺭ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻴﺠﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻟﻘﺘﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻤﻭﺍ ﻀﺩﻩ ﻭﻀﺭﺒﻭﻩ ﻭﺤﺎﻭﻟﻭﺍ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻤﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺭﺤﻼﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ‪ :‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺴﺎﻓﺭ ﺒﺤﺭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻔﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻥ ﺒﺩﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻨﻜﺴﺭﺕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻀﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺭﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪211‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺇﺨﻭﺓ ﻜﺫﺒﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺼﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻗﺎﻭﻤﻭﺍ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺃﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻤﻌﻅﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺭﻤﺯﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺩﺍ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺒﻴﱠﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﺭﻀﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﻗﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﺭﺴﻭﻻ ﻭﺨﺎﺩﻤﺎ ﻷﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :27‬ﺃﺴﻬﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺴﻬﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﻌﻅ ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺩﺒﺭ ﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﺸﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﻭﻉ ﻭﻋﻁﺵ‪ :‬ﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﺇﺫ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻴﺠﺩ ﻗﻭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺼﻭﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺼﻭﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﻘﺭﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺼـﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﺭﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺼﻭﺍﻡ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺭﺩ ﻭﻋﺭﻯ‪ :‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﺠﺩ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﺴﻭﻩ ﻭﻴﺩﻓﺌﻪ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟـﺒﻼﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﻋﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺜﺎﺒﺭﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﺼﻭﺍﻡ ﻟﻴﺘﺤﻨﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :28‬ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﻫﻭ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺃﻗـل‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :29‬ﻴﻀﻌﻑ‪ :‬ﻴﺘﻌﺏ ﺠﺴﺩﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺃﻀﻌﻑ‪ :‬ﺃﺸﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﻟﻀﻌﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﻗﻠﺒﻰ ﻨﺤﻭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﺜﺭ‪ :‬ﻴﻨﺼﺭﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺃﻟﺘﻬﺏ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﻗﻠﺒﻰ ﺤﻤﺎﺴﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﻹﻨﻘﺎﺫﻩ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪212‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬

‫ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻜﺂﻻﻡ ﺠﺴـﺩﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺒل ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﻨﻔﺴﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﺴﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻨﺤﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴـﺘﺤﻤﺱ‬ ‫ﻟﻭﻋﻅﻬﻡ ﻭﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﻴﺩﻫﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :30‬ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﺒﻌﻠﻤﻬﻡ ﻭﻓﺼﺎﺤﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺃﻨﺴﺎﺒﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﺎﻓﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﺄﺘﻌﺎﺒﻪ ﻭﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﺫ ﻫﻭ ﺩﻟﻴل ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ؛ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :31‬ﻴﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺩﻕ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺜﻘﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :33-32‬ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‪ :‬ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺏ ﻟﻤﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻭﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻤﺜل ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﻟﻤﻠﻭﻙ ﻤﺼﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺤﺭﺙ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﺸﻘﻴﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﻴﺭﺍﻗﺏ ﺍﻷﺒﻭﺍﺏ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻘﺒﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﺫ ﺤﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﻬـﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻫﻴﺠﻭﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ :‬ﻨﺎﻓﺫﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻴﺕ ﻤﻼﺼﻕ ﻟﻠﺴﻭﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻨﺒﻴل‪ :‬ﺴﻠﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺃﻯ ﻤﻘﻁﻑ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺜﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺨﻁﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺨﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺸﺒﻪ ﻤﺅﻜـﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟـﺫﺍ ﺫﻜﺭﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﻨﻔﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﺒﻴّﻥ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻬﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻋﺴﺎﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﻴﺤـﺎﻭﻟﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺨﺭﺝ ﻤﺘﺩﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﺨﺫ ﻴﻤﺸﻰ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﺼـل ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻤﺩﻴﻨـﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻤﺎ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻙ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﻓـﻰ ﺒـﺫل‬

‫ﻷﺠل ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ ﻭﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺒﻜل ﻁﺎﻗﺘﻙ ﻭﺍﺜﻘﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪213‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠانِى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻭﻋﺠﺰﻩ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻟﻴﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬رؤيا بولس للسماء )ع ‪:(6-1‬‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﻗ ْﺒ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﻼﻧَﺎِﺗﻪِ‪2 .‬ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹺﺮﻑُ ﹺﺇْﻧﺴَﺎﻧًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨ َﺮ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﺁﺗِﻰ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻣﻨَﺎ ِﻇ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻭﹺﺇ ْﻋ ﹶ‬ ‫‪1‬ﹺﺇﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻻ ﻳُﻮﺍ ِﻓ ﹸﻘﻨﹺﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻒ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﹺﺇﹶﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻳ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ‪ .‬ﺍ ْﺧﺘُ ِﻄ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻠﻢُ‪ .‬ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﺪِ؟ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺝ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﺃﹶﻋْﻠﹶﻢُ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﺧَﺎ ﹺﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺪِ؟ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺸ َﺮ ﹶﺓ َﺳَﻨﺔﹰ‪ .‬ﹶﺃﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﺭَﺑ َﻊ َﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻳ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ‪4 .‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠـ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻠﻢُ‪ .‬ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﺪِ؟ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺝ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﺧَﺎ ﹺﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎِﻟﹶﺜﺔِ‪َ 3 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻋْ ﹺﺮﻑُ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎﻥﹶ‪ .‬ﹶﺃﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ٍﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ ﺑﹺﻬَﺎ‪ِ 5 .‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﻨ ﹶﻄﻖُ ﹺﺑﻬَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﻳﺴُﻮ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻒ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻔ ْﺮ َﺩ ْﻭﺱﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺳ ِﻤ َﻊ ﹶﻛ ِﻠﻤَﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﺧﺘُ ِﻄ َ‬ ‫ﺨ َﺮ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃﻛﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﹶﻏﹺﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ‬ ‫ﻀ َﻌﻔﹶﺎﺗِﻰ‪ 6 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺭ ْﺩﺕُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ ﹺﺇﻻﱠ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﻧَﻔﹾﺴِﻰ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃﻓﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻓﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﻊُ ﻣِﻨﱢﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻕ ﻣَﺎ َﻳﺮَﺍﻧﹺﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱠ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱢﻰ ﹶﺃَﺗﺤَﺎﺷَﻰ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﻳ ﹸﻈﻦﱠ ﹶﺃ َﺣﺪٌ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬﺘِﻰ ﹶﻓ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻻ ﻴﻭﺍﻓﻘﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﺘﺨﺭ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﺼﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻀﻁﺭ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺸﻜﻙ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻨﺎﻅﺭ‪ :‬ﺭﺅﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﻼﻨﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺼﻭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻼﻙ ﻴﺸﺭﺡ ﻭﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻨﻬﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺍﻀﻁﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻋﻤـل‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺅﻯ ﻭﺇﻋﻼﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺨﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3-2‬ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻪ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﻀﻌﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺘﻀﻊ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻨﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺒﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻀﻁﺭﺭﻨﺎ ﻨﺨﻔﻰ ﺫﻭﺍﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻤﺅﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﺤﻴﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﺒﺠﺴﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪214‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠا ِنى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﺒﺭﻭﺤﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺴـﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﻜـﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻭﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺭﺅﻴﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﻤﻨﺫ ‪ 14‬ﺴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻯ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪43‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻴﺎ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﺠﺯﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻫل ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﺒﺭﻭﺤﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺃﻡ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺭﻭﺤﻪ ﻭﺠﺴـﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﺭﻯ ﺃﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻭﺱ‪ :‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺼل ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻭﺱ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺒـﺭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻴﻅﻠﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﻟﻴﻨﻘﻠﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﻓﺭﺩﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﻷﻥ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻓﺭﺡ ﻭﻨﻌﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻴﺴﻭﻍ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻴل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻭﺱ ﺃﻤﻭﺭﺍ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤـﻥ ﻜـل‬ ‫ﺘﺼﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:5‬ﻴﻘﺭﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻴﺎ ﻭﻟـﻴﺱ ﺒﺄﻋﻤـﺎل‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻨﺠﺎﺯﺍﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻻ ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﺸﺊ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻀﻁﺭ ﻓﺴﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﻨﻘﺎﺌﺼﻪ ﻭﻀﻌﻔﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻜﻤﻠﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻯ ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻤﺤﺘﻔﻅﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻋﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻤﻭﺭ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺘﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻏﺒﺎﺀ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻓـﻰ ﻜـل‬ ‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻀﻁﺭ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﻓﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺘﺤﺎﺸﻴﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒـﻼ ﺩﺍ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻟﺌﻼ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻴﺘﻜﺒﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻋﻴﻥ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺒﻐﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒل ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻭﺘﺜﺒﻴـﺕ‬ ‫ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﻤﻴﺯﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻥ ﻴﻔﻌل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺴـﻘﻁ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ؛ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺠﻪ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻹﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻭﺇﺨﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل‪.‬‬

‫‪215‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺘﻤﻴﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺤﻬﻡ ﻭﺸﺠﻌﻬﻡ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺩﺤﻭﻙ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺭ ﷲ‬

‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺎﺭﺒﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬افتخار بولس بعجزه )ع ‪:(10-7‬‬ ‫ﻼ َﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻴﻄﹶﺎﻥِ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴ ﹾﻠ ِﻄ َﻤﻨﹺﻰ ِﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ ﹶﺃ ْﺭَﺗ ِﻔﻊَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ َﺷ ْﻮ ﹶﻛ ﹰﺔ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺠَﺴَﺪِ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻼﻧَﺎﺕِ‪ ،‬ﹸﺃ ْﻋﻄِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻁ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﻋ ﹶ‬ ‫‪َ 7‬ﻭِﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ ﹶﺃ ْﺭَﺗ ِﻔ َﻊ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻔ ْﺮ ِ‬

‫ﻚ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤﺘِﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹸﻗﻮﱠﺗِﻰ‬ ‫ﺙ ﻣَﺮﱠﺍﺕٍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﻳﻔﹶﺎ ﹺﺭ ﹶﻗﻨﹺﻰ‪ 9 .‬ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻟِﻰ‪َ» :‬ﺗ ﹾﻜﻔِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻀﺮﱠ ْﻋﺖُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ ﹶﺛ ﹶ‬ ‫‪ِ 8‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ‪َ ،‬ﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻞﱠ َﻋ ﹶﻠﻰﱠ ﹸﻗﻮﱠ ﹸﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿ َﻌﻔﹶﺎﺗِﻰ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﺮﻯﱢ ﻓِﻰ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺗُ ﹾﻜ َﻤﻞﹸ‪ «.‬ﹶﻓﹺﺒﻜﹸﻞﱢ ُﺳﺮُﻭ ﹴﺭ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻓﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﱡ ْﻌ ِ‬

‫ﺕ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭَﺍﻟﻀﱢﻴﻘﹶﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪ِ10‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺢ؛ َﻷﻧﱢﻰ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻄﻬَﺎﺩَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭَﺍ ِﻻ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭَﺍﻟﺸﱠﺘَﺎِﺋ ﹺﻢ ﻭَﺍﻟﻀﱠﺮُﻭﺭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ‪ ،‬ﹸﺃ َﺳﺮﱡ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻀﱠ َﻌﻔﹶﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺣِﻴَﻨﻤَﺎ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﺿَﻌِﻴﻒٌ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺤِﻴَﻨِﺌ ٍﺬ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﻗﻮﹺﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﺃﺭﺘﻔﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺘﻜﺒﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻨﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺸﻭﻜﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﻤﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﻌﻁﻴل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺴﺎﺀﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﷲ ﺴﻤﺢ ﺒـﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﻷﺠل ﻤﻨﻔﻌﺘﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺤﺘﻔﻅ ﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻋﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻠﻁﻤﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﻴﺴﺊ ﺇﻟﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺭﺽ ﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻀﻌﻑ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨـﻴﻥ )ﻏـل‪:4‬‬ ‫‪ (15‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻀﻁﺭﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﻠﻰ ﺭﺴﺎﺌﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺘﺏ ﺃﻯ ﺸﺊ ﻴﻜﺘﺒـﻪ ﺒـﺄﺤﺭﻑ ﻜﺒﻴـﺭﺓ‬ ‫)ﻏل‪(11 :6‬؛ ﻭﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻗﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺼﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﺼﺎﺒﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﺸﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻀﻰ )ﺃﻉ‪ .(12 :19‬ﻭﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺽ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺴـﺘﺩﻴﻤﺎ ﻷﻨـﻪ‬ ‫ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9-8‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺸﻔﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﻀـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﺠـل ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺼﻼﺘﻪ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺒﺎﺘﻜﺎل ﻭﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺽ ﺒﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻟﻤﻨﻔﻌﺘـﻪ‪،‬‬

‫‪216‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠا ِنى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺴﺘﺴﻨﺩﻩ ﻭﺘﻜﻔﻰ ﻜل ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻴﺘﻌﻁل ﻋﻥ ﺸﺊ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻋﻠـﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺠﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻯ ﻟﻥ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺊ ﺒل ﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﻗﻭﺘـﻪ ﻜﺎﻤﻠـﺔ‬ ‫ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺼﺎﺭ ﻓﺭﺤﺎ ﻭﻓﺨﻭﺭﺍ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺽ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻌﻤل ﻗـﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴـﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻴﺨﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﻜﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﻨﻘﺼﻪ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴـﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﻥ ﺒل ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻤل ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻴﻜﺭﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺭﺤﻪ ﺒﻌﺠﺯﻩ ﻭﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻴﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺇﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺸﺘﺎﺌﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻯ ﻤﻌﺎﻨﺎﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻴﺨﺘﺒﺭ ﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻀﻌﻔﻪ ﻭﻴﺘﻀﻊ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻗﻭﻴﺎ ﺒﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﺘﻀﺎﻴﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺠﺯﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺸﺎﻜﻠﻙ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻙ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻙ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﺸـﻜﺭ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺘﻀﻊ ﻭﺘﺫﻟل ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﻬﻤﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻤﻴﺯﺍ ﻋﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬إثبات بولس لرسوليته )ع ‪:(21-11‬‬ ‫ﺺ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻣِﻨْﻜﹸﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻘ ْ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﹾﻟ َﺰ ْﻣﺘُﻤُﻮﻧﹺﻰ! َﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳَﻨْﺒَﻐِﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹸ ْﻣ َﺪ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺮﺕُ ﹶﻏﹺﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭَﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃﻓﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺒﺮﹴ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ َﺑ ْﻴَﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳُﻮ ﹺﻝ ﺻُﹺﻨ َﻌ ْ‬ ‫ﻼﻣَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﺷَﻴْﺌﹰﺎ‪12 .‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ َﻋ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫َﺷ ْﻴﹰﺌﺎ َﻋ ْﻦ ﻓﹶﺎِﺋﻘِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱡ ُﺳﻞﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬

‫ﺼُﺘ ْﻢ َﻋ ْﻦ ﺳَﺎِﺋ ﹺﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨَﺎِﺋﺲﹺ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻻﱠ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﹸﺃﹶﺛﻘﱢ ﹾﻞ ﻋَﻠﹶﻴْﻜﹸﻢْ؟‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭ ﹸﻗﻮﱠﺍﺕٍ‪َ 13 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻧ ﹶﻘ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭ َﻋﺠَﺎِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺂﻳَﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ِﻌﺪﱞ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺁِﺗ َﻰ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﺃﹸﹶﺛﻘﱢ ﹶﻞ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺳَﺎ ِﻣﺤُﻮﻧﹺﻰ ﹺﺑ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟ ﱡﻈ ﹾﻠﻢﹺ‪14 .‬ﻫُﻮَﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺮﱠﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎِﻟﹶﺜﺔﹸ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﻣُ ْ‬

‫ﻸ ْﻭ ﹶﻻﺩِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺇﻳﱠﺎ ﹸﻛﻢْ‪َ .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻻ ﻳَﻨْﺒَﻐِﻰ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺩ َﻳ ﹾﺬ َﺧﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﻮَﺍِﻟﺪِﻳ َﻦ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟﻮَﺍِﻟﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ ِﻟ َ‬

‫ﺖ ﻛﹸﻠﱠﻤَﺎ ﺃﹸ ِﺣﺒﱡﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ﹸﺃ َﺣﺐﱡ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻗﻞﱠ!‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫‪15‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺒﻜﹸﻞﱢ ُﺳﺮُﻭ ﹴﺭ ﺃﹸْﻧ ِﻔﻖُ َﻭﺃﹸْﻧ ﹶﻔﻖُ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺘَﺎ ﹰﻻ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ َﺧ ﹾﺬﺗُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ َﻤ ﹾﻜﺮﹴ! ‪َ 17‬ﻫ ﹾﻞ ﹶﻃ ِﻤ ْﻌﺖُ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑﹶﺄ َﺣ ٍﺪ ِﻣ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺖ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫‪ 16‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﹸﺃﹶﺛﻘﱢ ﹾﻞ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻭﹶﺃﺭْ َﺳﻠﹾﺖُ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ ﺍ َﻷﺥَ‪َ .‬ﻫ ﹾﻞ ﹶﻃ ِﻤ َﻊ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺗِﻴﻄﹸﺲُ؟ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﺳ ﹶﻠ ﹾﻜﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ﹶﺃ ْﺭ َﺳ ﹾﻠُﺘ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ؟ ‪ 18‬ﹶﻃ ﹶﻠ ْﺒﺖُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺗِﻴﻄﹸ َ‬

‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟﻮَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪﺓِ؟‬ ‫ﺨ ﹶﻄﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟﻮَﺍ ِﺣﺪِ؟ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ ﹺﺑﺬﹶﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺﺑﺬﹶﺍ ِ‬

‫ﷲ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَﺘﺞﱡ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜﻢْ؟ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻧَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻢُ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱠ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ َﻷ ِﺣﺒﱠﺎ ُﺀ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ‬ ‫‪19‬ﹶﺃَﺗ ﹸﻈﻨﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬

‫ﻑ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﹺﺟ ﹾﺌﺖُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃ ﹺﺟ َﺪﻛﹸﻢْ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹸﺃﺭﹺﻳﺪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻭ َﺟ َﺪ ِﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹶﻻ ﺗُﺮﹺﻳﺪُﻭﻥﹶ‪ .‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗُﻮ َﺟ َﺪ‬ ‫ُﺑ ْﻨﻴَﺎﹺﻧ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ 20 .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﺧَﺎ ُ‬

‫‪217‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺕ‪21 ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﻳ ِﺬﻟﱠﻨﹺﻰ‬ ‫ﺸﻮﹺﻳﺸَﺎ ٌ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭَﺗَﻜﹶﺒﱡﺮَﺍﺕٌ َﻭَﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭَﻣَﺬﹶﻣﱠﺎﺕٌ َﻭَﻧﻤِﻴﻤَﺎ ٌ‬ ‫ﺤ ُﺰﺑَﺎ ٌ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭَﺳَﺨَﻄﹶﺎﺕٌ َﻭَﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭﻣُﺤَﺎ َﺳﺪَﺍ ٌ‬ ‫ُﺧﺼُﻮﻣَﺎ ٌ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑﹺﻳ َﻦ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ﹶﻄﺄﹸﻭﺍ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﻗ ْﺒﻞﹸ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳﺘُﻮﺑُﻮﺍ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺠَﺎ َﺳ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﹺﺇﹶﻟﻬﹺﻰ ﻋِﻨْﺪَﻛﹸﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹺﺟ ﹾﺌﺖُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻭﹶﺃﻧُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﻭَﺍﻟﺰﱢﻧَﺎ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﻬَﺎ َﺭ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﹶﻓ َﻌﻠﹸﻮﻫَﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻏﺒﺎﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺃﻫـل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜـﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻀﻁﺭﻭﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻔﻌل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺍﻓﻌﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟـﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﻔـﺎﺨﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﺄﻨﻔﺴـﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺸﻜﻜﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺼﻤﺘﻭﺍ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻀﻌﻑ ﻭﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒـﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻴﺯﻴﻥ ﻭﻫﻡ ﺒﻁﺭﺱ ﻭﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﻭﻴﻭﺤﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﺸﺊ ﻭﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻷﺠل ﻨﻔـﻊ ﺴـﺎﻤﻌﻴﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺜﺒﺘﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻌـﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﺒﺸﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﺠﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻌﺎﻨﻰ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤـﻪ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺯﻋﺠﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﺼﺩﻗﻭﺍ ﺘﺸﻜﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻴﺴﺄل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻨﻘﺹ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻴﺘـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻬﻡ ﻗﺩ ﻨﺎﻟﺕ ﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﺴﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﺨﺠﻠﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻘﺼﻬﻡ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻘﻴل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﺸﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻓﻌل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻘﻭﻟﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺴﺘﺩﺭﻙ ﻓﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺎﻤﺤﻭﻩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻅﻠﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺇﺫ ﺤـﺭﻤﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﺨﺩﻤﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻀﻁﺭ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺸـﻜﻜﻭﺍ ﻓـﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪218‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠا ِنى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﻴﻔﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﺘﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺯﺍﺭ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜـﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﻤﺭﺘﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺯﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻭﻴﺨﺩﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻤﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻰ ﻫـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺭﺍﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺃﻤﻭﺍﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺃﻨﻪ ﺃﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﻴﻨﻔﻘﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ‪ .‬ﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺃُﻨﻔﻕ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻁﻰ ﻭﺃﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻤﻌﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺎل ﻷﺠل ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃُﻨﻔﹶﻕ‪ :‬ﺃﺒﺫل ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻰ ﻷﺠل ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﺭﺤﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻤﻭﺍل ﻴﻘﺘﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﻴﺒـﺫﻟﻬﺎ ﺤﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻷﺠل ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﻑ ﺠﺩﺍ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻗـﺩﻡ ﺤﺒـﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻴﻘﺎﺒﻠﻭﻨﻪ ﺒﺤﺏ ﺃﻗل‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺸﻜﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺩﺍﻓﻌﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ؛ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺼﻌﺏ ﺠـﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺃﻯ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻴﺤﺏ ﻭﻴﻀﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﺎﺘﺒﻬﻡ ﻋﺘﺎﺒﺎ ﻟﻁﻴﻔﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺒﻭﺍ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺤﺒﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺩﺍﻓﻌﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﺜﺒﺘﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻥ‪ :‬ﻴﺘﻘﺒل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻀﻌﻑ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻅل ﻴﺤﺒﻬﻡ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻭﺃﻜﺜﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺴل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻷﺠل ﻓﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺘﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺠﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻴﻨﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤل ﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺸﺌﻴﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻓﻌﻼ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﻤﻌﻪ ﺘـﻴﻁﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺘﻬﺎﻡ ﺨﺎﻁﺊ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻘﻭل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻭ ﻜﻨﺘﻡ ﺘﺘﻬﻤﻭﻨﻨﻰ ﺒﺄﻨﻨﻰ ﻤﺤﺘﺎل‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻨﺎ ﻤﺤﺘﺎل ﻷﺠـل ﺨﻼﺼـﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺨﺫﺘﻜﻡ ﺒﻤﻜﺭ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻗﺩﻤﺕ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﺫﻟﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻷﻜﺴﺏ ﻨﻔﻭﺴﻜﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴـﺎل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻹﺤﺘﻴﺎل ﻷﺠل ﻤﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪219‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :18-17‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨل ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻯ ﺸﺊ ﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋـﻥ ﻁﺭﻴـﻕ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﺎﻭﻨﻴﻪ ﻤﺜل ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﺭﺴﻠﻬﻡ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸـﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺭﻓﻘﺎﺌﻪ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺴﻠﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﻴﻨﻔﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻴﺒﻐﻰ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺒـﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘـﻊ ﺒﻤـﺩﺡ‬ ‫ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺘﺤﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﻓﻘـﻁ‬ ‫ﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﺸﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺅﺩﻯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻤﻭ ﺒﻨﻴﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﻻ ﺃﺠﺩﻜﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﻴﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﺠﺩﻜﻡ ﺘﺴﻠﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﻨﻜﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺭﻴﺩﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺘﻭﺒﻴﺨﻰ ﻭﻋﻘﺎﺒﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺭﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺜـﺎﺭ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺤﻭﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﺨﻭﻓﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸـﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜـل ﺼـﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﺨﺼﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺤﺯﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﻨﻪ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻭﺇﺜﺎﺭﺓ ﺸﻜﻭﻙ ﻭﺘﺸﻭﺸﺎﺕ ﺘﻌﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺒﺭﻴـﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻴﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺴﺩ ﻭﻏﻀﺏ ﻓﻴﺒﺘﻌﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :21‬ﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﺨﺎﻭﻓﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺯﺍل ﻴﺴﻠﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻨﻴﺴـﺔ‬ ‫ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺴﻴﺤﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺠﺩﺍ ﻭﻴﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻤﺫﻟﻭﻻ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺴﻘﻁ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺴﻴﻘﺒل ﻫـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺴﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﻭﻴﺒﻜﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺤﺎﻭل ﻭﻋﻅﻬﻡ ﻭﺇﺭﺠﺎﻋﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻟﻌﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﺭﻙ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺤﺎﻭﻟﻭﺍ ﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺘﻅﺭ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻤﻌﻙ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺤﺒﻙ ﻓﺄﻨﺕ ﺘﺘﺠـﺎﻭﺏ ﻤﻌـﻪ‬ ‫ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﺴﺘﺄﺘﻰ ﺒﺜﻤﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺤـﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨـﻙ ﺴـﺘﻔﻭﺯ‬

‫ﺒﺎﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺭﺍﺤﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪220‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫ث َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫اح الثﱠالِ ُ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫ث َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬إنذار غير التائبين )ع ‪:(4-1‬‬ ‫ﻼﹶﺛ ٍﺔ َﺗﻘﹸﻮ ُﻡ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤﺔٍ‪ 2 .‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺳَﺒ ﹾﻘﺖُ ﹶﻓ ﹸﻘﻠﹾـﺖُ‪،‬‬ ‫‪َ 1‬ﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺮﱠﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎِﻟﹶﺜﺔﹸ ﺁﺗِﻰ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ .‬ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﻓ ﹺﻢ ﺷَﺎ ِﻫ َﺪْﻳ ﹺﻦ َﻭﹶﺛ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ‬ ‫َﻭﹶﺃﺳْﹺﺒﻖُ ﹶﻓﹶﺄﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻭَﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﺣَﺎﺿِﺮٌ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺮﱠ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﹺﻧَﻴﺔﹶ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﻏﹶﺎﺋِﺐٌ ﺍﻵﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺘُﺐُ ِﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ﹶﻄﺄﹸﻭﺍ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻗﹶﺒْﻞﹸ‪َ ،‬ﻭِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺿﻌِﻴﻔﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺲ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﻟﹾﻤَُﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱢ ﹺﻢ ِﻓﻰﱠ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﺒَﺎ ِﻗﲔَ‪ :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﹺﺟ ﹾﺌﺖُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﻻ ﺃﹸ ْﺷ ِﻔﻖُ‪3 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ َﺗ ﹾﻄ ﹸﻠﺒُﻮ ﹶﻥ ُﺑ ْﺮﻫَﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﺿُـ َﻌﻔﹶﺎ ُﺀ‬ ‫ﻒ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻪُ َﺣﻰﱞ ﹺﺑﻘﹸﻮﱠ ِﺓ ﺍﷲِ‪ .‬ﹶﻓَﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺿُ ْﻌ ٍ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﻗ ﹺﻮﻯﱡ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ 4 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻُ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ ﹺﺑﻘﹸﻮﱠ ِﺓ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻓِﻴﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻨَﺎ َﺳَﻨ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﺯﺍﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪53‬ﻡ )ﺃﻉ‪ ،(18-1 :18‬ﺜﻡ ﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﻨﻴـﺔ ﻋـــﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪56‬ﻡ )‪1‬ﻜﻭ‪ ،(8-5 :16‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺯﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺯﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺘـﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻜﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﻴﺅﻴﺩﻩ ﺒﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺜﻨﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﻀﻰ ﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺴﻭﺴﺘﺎﻨﻴﺱ )‪1‬ﻜﻭ‪ ،(1:1‬ﻭﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ )‪2‬ﻜﻭ‪ (1:1‬ﻭﺍﻹﺜﻨﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻼﻤﻴﺫ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﺴﺒﻘﺕ ﻓﻘﻠﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴــﻴﺅﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌــﺎﻨﺩﻴﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻟـﻡ ﻴﺘﻭﺒـﻭﺍ )ﺹ‪:10‬‬ ‫‪،2‬ﺹ‪.(21 :12‬‬ ‫ﺃﺴﺒﻕ ﻓﺄﻗﻭل‪ :‬ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﺃﺯﻭﺭﻜﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺃﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻨﻰ ﺴﺄﻋﺎﻗﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺌﺒﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻤﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪56‬ﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﺨﻁﺄﻭﺍ ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻨﻔﻀﺢ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻟـﻡ ﻴﺨﻁﺌـﻭﺍ ﻭﻟﻜـﻨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﺭﻀﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺜﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪221‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺤﺯﻡ ﻭﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﻥ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁـﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻀـﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺯﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻹﺼﺭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺤﺭﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﺌﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﺒﺭﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻡ‪ :‬ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻩ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺨﺫﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﺩﻴﻥ ﺒل ﻗﻭﻴﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻭﺒﻭﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:4‬ﺼﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻌﻑ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻭﺏ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻀﻌﻴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻓﻰ ﻤﻨﺘﻬـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺫل‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﻰ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﻼﻫﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺤﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻪ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ :‬ﻨﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻌﺸﺭﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻨﻨﺯﻋﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺇﺴﺎﺀﺍﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺘﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻨﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﻭﻨﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﺌﻴﻥ ﻭﻨﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﻭﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺼـﻠﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺸﺊ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﺤﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻨﺒﺩﻭ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻨﺤﺘﻤﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻫﺎﻨـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﻭﻨﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻗﻭﺘﻙ ﻤﺼﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺒﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬

‫ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻭ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﺕ ﺇﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﺜﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻴﻙ ﺃﻗﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺘﺘﺸﻜﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻭﺼ ﹺل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻬﻡ ﻭﺃﺤﻁ ﺇﻋﻼﻨﻙ ﻟﻠﺤﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻙ ﺘﺒﻐﻰ ﻤﻨﻔﻌﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﺨﻀﻌﻭﺍ ﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻷﺠل ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪222‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫ث َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫)‪ (2‬فحص اإليمان ألجل التوبة )ع ‪:(10-5‬‬ ‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﺴﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴُﺘ ْﻢ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻓﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻜﹸﻢْ‪ .‬ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻨُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ َ‬ ‫‪َ 5‬ﺟﺮﱢﺑُﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻧْﻔﹸﺴَﻜﹸﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻫ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹ َﳝﺎﻥِ؟ ﺍ ْﻣَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺿﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ َﻣ ْﺮﻓﹸﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﺗَﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ﻣَﺮْﻓﹸﻮﺿِﲔَ؟ ‪6‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻨﹺﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺭﺟُﻮ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺳَﺘ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻓﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺼَﻨﻌُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﻣُﺰَﻛﱠﻴْﻦَ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻧ ﹾﻈ َﻬ َﺮ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْﻌ َﻤﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ َﺭ ِﺩﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﱢﻰ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫‪َ 7‬ﻭﹸﺃ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱢ‪َ 9 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َﺮﺡُ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱢ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺿﺪﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘﻄِﻴ ُﻊ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻣ ْﺮﻓﹸﻮﺿُﻮﻥﹶ‪8 .‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻻ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﻨًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻧﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻚ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺘُﺐُ ﹺﺑ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻌﻔﹶﺎ َﺀ َﻭﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ َﺗﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ﹺﻮﻳَﺎﺀَ‪ .‬ﻭَﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻧ ﹾﻄﻠﹸﺒُﻪُ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ِ10 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ُ‬ ‫ﺣِﻴَﻨﻤَﺎ َﻧﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﱡ ﹾﻠﻄﹶﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻰ ﹺﺇﻳﱠﺎ ُﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ ِﻟ ﹾﻠُﺒ ْﻨﻴَﺎ ِﻥ ﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫َﻭﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﻏﹶﺎِﺋﺐٌ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃ ْﺳَﺘ ْﻌ ِﻤ ﹶﻞ َﺟ ْﺰﻣًﺎ ﻭَﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﺣَﺎﺿِﺮٌ‪َ ،‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻬ ْﺪﻡﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:5‬ﻗﺎﻭﻡ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻤﺅﻤﻨﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺠﺭﺒﻭﻩ ﻤﺘﺸﻜﻜﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻔﺤﺼﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻫل ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤـﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺒﺴـﺒﺏ ﺨﻁﺎﻴـﺎﻫﻡ ﻫـﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﺭﻓﻭﻀﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻤﻌﻠﻤﻬﻡ ﺒل ﻓﺤﺹ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘـﻰ ﻴﺘﻭﺒـﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻭﻴﺴﻠﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﺤﺹ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜـﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻘـﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺈﺭﺸﺎﺩ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺤﺼﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻕ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﻜﺘﺸﻔﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﺭﻓﻭﻀـﻭﻥ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺇﺼﺭﺍﺭﻫﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻴﻘﻨﻭﺍ ﺤﻴﻨﺌـﺫ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻭﻨﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﻭﺍ ﻤﺭﻓﻭﻀﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺃﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻼﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺃﻫل ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺒﺘﻌﺩﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﻴﺼﻨﻌﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﻥ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭﺍ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻷﺠل ﺃﻥ ُﻴﻤ َﺩﺡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺨﺩﻤﻬﻡ ﻭﺒﺸﺭﻫﻡ ﻓﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻌﻭﺍ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﺭﻀﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬ ‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﺫﻟﻪ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﺴﺘﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﻤﺭﻓﻭﺽ ﻭﻤﺨﻁﺊ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻫﻡ‬

‫‪223‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺭﻓﻭﻀﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺒل ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﻪ ﻤﺭﻓﻭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺎل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺤﺎﺯﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻭﻫﺩﺩﻫﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻤﻨﺎﻩ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﻔﻌﻠﻭﺍ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻻ ﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﺘﺠﻌﻠﻬﻡ ﻤﺭﻀﻴﻴﻥ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻤﺴﻜﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﺌﻴﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺘﺎﺒﻭﺍ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺼﻴﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭﺍ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻨﺤﻥ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻨﻤﺎﻨﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻅﻬﺭ ﻷﺠﻠﻜﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻭﻥ ﺃﻗﻭﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺘﺴﻠﻜﻭﻥ ﺤﺴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﺒﺘﻌﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﻓﻀﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎﻟﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﺴﻌﻴﻜﻡ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺒﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻷﺠل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻴﻴﻥ ﺃﻗﻭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺼﺎﻟﺤﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﻤﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺼﻴﺭﻭﺍ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻭﺍﻨﺎ ﻏﺎﺌﺏ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺇﺭﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﺯﻤﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻁﺌﻴﻥ ﻭﻗﻁﻌﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﺤﺎﻀﺭ‪ :‬ﻓﻰ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻟﻠﻬﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺤﻁﻴﻤﺎ ﻷﺤﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﺭﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻰ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻨﺫﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﺤﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻭﺒﻭﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﻯ ﻋﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﺌﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﺘﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻭﻴﻁﻠﺏ‬ ‫ﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻜل‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻙ ﺃﺒﻭﺓ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺘﻨﺴﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻴـﻙ‬

‫ﻭﺘﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﺘﺒﺭﺭﻭﺍ ﻭﻅﻬﺭ ﺼﻼﺤﻬﻡ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍ ﹸﺘﻬﹺﻤـﺕ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻭﻟﻭ ﻅﻠﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺠﺫﺏ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪224‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫ث َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫)‪ (3‬التمنيات والسالم الختامى )ع ‪:(14-11‬‬ ‫‪11‬ﹶﺃ ِﺧﲑًﺍ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﹾﺮَﺣُﻮﺍ‪ِ ،‬ﺍ ﹾﻛ َﻤﻠﹸﻮﺍ‪َ ،‬ﺗ َﻌﺰﱠﻭْﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫْﺘَﻤﱡﻮﺍ ﺍ ْﻫِﺘﻤَﺎﻣًﺎ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋِﻴﺸُﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴﱠﻼﹶﻡﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﹶﻟﻪُ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱢﻢُ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺟﻤِﻴ ُﻊ‬ ‫ﺾ ﹺﺑﻘﹸﺒْ ﹶﻠ ٍﺔ ﻣُ ﹶﻘﺪﱠ َﺳﺔٍ‪13 .‬ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ َﺳَﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ َﻣ َﻌﻜﹸﻢْ‪12 .‬ﺳَﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ َﺑ ْﻌﻀُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺑ ْﻌ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ِﺔ ﻭَﺍﻟﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺴﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ ،‬ﻣ َﻊ َﺟﻤِﻴ ِﻌ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁ ِﻣﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹸﺪُ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠﺔﹸ ﺍﷲِ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺷ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻛﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣ َ‬ ‫‪14‬ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ َﺭﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﺍﻓﺭﺤﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﺒﻌﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻜﻤﻠﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﺴﻌﻭﺍ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﻌﺯﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﺒﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻴﻜﻡ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺘﻤﻭﺍ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤـﺎﻡ ﺒﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜـﺭ ﻭﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺩ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺯﺒـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﻘﺎﻗﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺸﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﺴﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺒﻌﻀﻜﻡ ﺒﻌﻀﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺤﻘـﻭﻗﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻜﻡ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻤﻨﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜـﻭﺱ ﺒـﺎﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺯﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻔﻴﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺍﻋﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﺼﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻭﺘﻘﺒﻴل ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺱ ﺘﺩﻋﻭ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﺍ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﻀـﺎ‬ ‫ﺒﺘﻼﻤﺱ ﺍﻷﻴﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎل ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻤﺨﺼﺼﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻋﺎﻫﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻡ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻌﺽ‪ ،‬ﻴﺭﺴل ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ‬ ‫ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪225‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وس‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول الثﱠا ِنيَةُ إِلَى أَ ْھ ِل ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﻴﺨﺘﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺒﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻭﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻗـﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺒﻔﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﻨﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻨﺄﺨﺫ ﻜل ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺨﺘﻡ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﻔﺭﺡ ﻗﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﺠﻌﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺩﻓﻌﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜل ﻋﻤل ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪226‬‬

‫‪‬‬